英语口语每天说上半小时

《英语口语每天说上半小时》由会员分享，可在线阅读，更多相关《英语口语每天说上半小时（232页珍藏版）》请在金锄头文库上搜索。

1、目录l.Ability（ 356、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2、. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52. Advice（ 6、28） .63. Agreement and disagreement. （ 45 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3、 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84. Annoyance（ 4s37ss） . 105. Apology（ 455、 ）. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4、 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5、 . . . . . . . . .126. Approval and Disapproval （ 3 T、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6、 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147. Believe and disbelieve（ 53x） .168 Cause（ 3、6、 、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7、. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189. Certainty and uncertainty（ 617） . 1910. Comparison（ 5v20xv） .

8、22l l. Complaint（ 4v47vv） . 2412. Congratulation（ 4s30sv） .2513.Decision（ 4、16） .2714. Description（ 423） . 2915. Disappointment（ 44） .3116. Distress（ 4v） .3317. Excuse（ 357、 ）. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9、 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3518. Gratitude（ 4、36、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . .

10、 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

11、 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3719. Indifference（ 442、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

12、 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3920. Invitation（ 354xs） .412LLike&Dislike（ 433） . 4322. Lost（ 446、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

13、. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4

14、523. Necessity（ 437、 ）. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

15、. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4724. Obligation（ 3、49、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

16、 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4925. Offer（ 336、 ）. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

17、 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5126. Opinio

18、n（ 4、55、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

19、 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5327. Permission（ 5v8vv） .5528. possibility and impossibility（ 4、3 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

20、 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5729. Praise（ 327、 、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

21、 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5930. Preferen

22、ce（ 537、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6131.Prohibiti

23、on（ 3、57、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6332. Promise16

24、、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6533. Refusal（ 405、

25、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6734. Reluctance（ 32

26、（ F ） . 6935. Rememberance（ 4v7ss） .7036. Repetition 重述（ 437、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

27、. . . . . . . . . . . . .7237. Reproach 责备（ 4、21、 、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

28、. . . . . . . . .7438. Request 请求（ 4、42、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

29、 . . . .7639. Satisfaction and Dissatisfaction 满意与不满意（ 422、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7840. Suggestion（ 5、52、 ） . . .

30、 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8041. Supposition 猜测（ 4、16、 ） . .

31、. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8342. Surprise（ 332） .8543. Sympathy（ 4、32、 ）

32、 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8744. Urge 催促（ 332、 ） . .

33、. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8945. Warning 警告（ 3、4（ T ） .9046.

34、 Wish（ 42（ F ） .9247. Airport 机场（ 上）（ 6、47、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

35、. . .9448. Apartment 公寓（ 上）（ 737、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9749. Bank

36、银 行 （ 上 ）（ 8、34、 、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10050. Barbers and Hairdr

37、essers 理发与美发（ 上）（ 758） .10351. Bookstore 书店（ 上） （ 5、42、 、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

38、. . . . . .10652. Bus 公共汽车（ 上） （ 731、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10853. C

39、ustoms 海 关 （ 上）（ 86、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ill54. Daily routine（

40、6 10） . 11455. Direction 问路（ 上）（ 7、48） . 11756. Greetings 问候（ 上） （ 653） . 12057. Hospital 医 院 （ 上 ）（ 9、14、 、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

41、 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12358. Hotel 旅馆（ 上） （ 8） .12759. Information（ 6s 36sx） .12860. Introduction 介绍（ 上）（ 932、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

42、 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13161. Job 工作（ 上） （ 741、 、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

43、 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13462. Library 图书馆（ 上）（ 72 、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

44、. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13863. Post office 邮局（ 上） （ 7、16、 、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

45、 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14064. Reservation 预订（ 上） （ 77、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

46、. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14365. Restaurant（ 7、29、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

47、. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14666. Shopping（ 755） . 14967. Tailofs 裁缝店（ 上）（ 8、26、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

48、. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15368Taxi（ 539、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

49、 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15669 .Tekphone（ 7、42、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

50、 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15870 . Traffic（ 627） . 16171 .Train（ 724、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

51、. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16472 . Book（ 3、3、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

52、 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16673 .Car（ 721、 、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

53、 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16874 .Computer（ 825） . 17175 .Course（ 7、52、 、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

54、. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17376 .Date（ 38、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

55、 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17677 .Describing people（ 5x5 rx） .17778 .Diet（ 724、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

56、. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18079 .English（ T36xx） . 18280 . Exercise（ 830、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

57、. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1858LFestival（ 6、36、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

58、 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18882 Food （ 食物上）（ 6、14、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

59、. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18983. House。19、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

60、. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19084. Internet 上 网 （ 上 ）（ 748） .19385. Interview. 19486. Language 语言（ 上） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

61、 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19787. Marriage 婚姻（ 上） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

62、 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20088. School（ T5Tv） .20289. Season16、 、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

63、 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20590. Smoking（ 554） . 20791. Study Abroad（ 817、 、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

64、 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20992. Teacher.21293. Time（ 3、22、 、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

65、. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21494. Weather（ 830、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95. Wedding（ 3、6、 、 ）

66、 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96. World Trade Organization 世贸组织（ 5、18、 、 ）97. Birthday（ 8、12、 、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98. Concert。） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99. Dance（ 618、 、 ） . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100. ho

67、bby（ T28xv） .2162192202212242272291. Ability（ 3、56、 、）1. Can you ride a bike?2. Will you be able to finish your work by noon?3. Are you capable of painting beautiful pictures?4 .1 can do it.5 .1 know how to operate a computer.6. Its not too difficult to climb up the tree.7. Fm not too bad at telling

68、 stories.8.1 feel able to swim across the river.9. Tm able to recite all Shakespeares sonnets.10. Tm afraid I cant cope with those troubles.Dialogue 1M: How many languages can you speak?W: I can speak French and German.M: How well can you speak them?W: I can speak German quite well, but I cant speak

69、 French very well.M: Can you help me to translate these sentences into German now?W: No, but Fil be able to tomoiTOw.Dialogue 2W: Can you speak English?M: Yes I can. I speak it very well.W: Where did you learn it?M: I lived in England when I was a child.W: What else can you speak?M: Well, I know a l

70、ittle Italian.Dialogue 3M: Most of our customers are foreigners. How many foreign languages can you speak, Elizabeth?W: Two. French and Spanish.M: And how well can you speak them?W: Well, French was my best subject at school. I can read and write it pretty well.M: And how about your Spanish?W: Well,

71、 its not as good as my French. I can speak it reasonably well, but my written Spanish isnt very good.M: I see. Well, we have a lot of Spanish customers, but you wouldnt need to write any Spanish here.W: In that case, Tm fit for the position I think.Dialogue 4W: Can you help me now?M: No, but Til be

72、able to tomonow.W: Thafll be too late.M: Why dont you ask Bill if he can help?W: I did, but he wasnt able to either.Jane and Sally are friends. They are both married and they are very proud of their husbands. One day, they met each other and they started talking about their husbands. According toJan

73、e, her husband is big and strong and handsome. He is also very much of a sportsman. He can swim and ski, and he can play several ball games such as football and cricket.Sallys husband, however, seems to be just the opposite. He is physically neither big nor strong, but he excels in intelligence. He

74、is good at languages and can speak six languages,including French, German, Italian, Spanish, Arabic, and Japanese. Besides, he is much of a funnyman. He can cook, sow, and iron. Indeed, as Sally puts it, he is a good husband.2. Advice（ 6、28、 、 ）1. Could you give me some advice on how I can make up f

75、or the time Ive lost?2 .1 like your advice about my research.3. What would you advise?4. What would you do if you were in my shoes?5. I would appreciate your advice.6 .1 think you should go on a diet.7. It might be a good idea if you got a part-time job.8.1 advise you to see a doctor.9 .1 advise you

76、 not to look down upon him.10.1 dont think you should keep silent.Dialogue 1M: I dont know how to adjust my life. Would you give me a piece of advice?W: You look a bit pale, dont you?M: Yes, I cant sleep well every night.W: You should get plenty of sleep.M: I drink a lot of wine.W: If I were you, I

77、wouldnt drink too much.M: I often feel so tired.W: You better do some exercise every moming.M: I sometimes find the shadow of death in front of me.W: Why do you worry about your future? Youre very young, and you*ll make great contribution to the world. I hope you take my advice.Dialogue 2M: Hi, Jone

78、, how are you?W: Terrible.M: Whals wrong?W: Someone robbed my apartment last week. The robber took $550.M: Oh, no! Did you call the police?W: No.M: Why not?W: My English isnt very good. I didnt know what to say to them.M: Tm going to give you some advice, Jone. If this happens again, you should call

79、 the police immediately. You should try to remember everything. You should explain eveiything tothe police.Dialogue 3W: Tm afraid Fve had a terrible row with my boss. What shall I do?M: I think youd better apologize.W: Oh, but I cant. It wasnt my fault.M: Maybe not, but I advise you to say it was yo

80、ur fault.Dialogue 4M: Youre going to get into a lot of trouble if you do that.W: What makes you say that?M: I dont see anything wrong with what were doing! Thats just the problem. In these kinds of things, the trouble doesnt always appear at first.W: But eveiything has been so easy.M: Everything has

81、 gone as smooth as clockwork. Jusl like we planned! That may be true, but if you were to do it, you would have trouble on the horizon. You always say that.W: Yeah, you never look at the positive side of things.M: Okay. Have it your way, but dont say I didnt warn you.Dialogue 5W: Are you feeling bett

82、er today, Bill?M: Well, its hard to say. I cough a lot in the evening.W: Youd better give up smoking. It*s bad for your health.M: Youre right, but you know, its hard to give up an old habit.W: But you should make up your mind first.M: You know, I often have to work till late at night. I need somethi

83、ng to keep me awake.W: Why dont you go to bed and get up early? Youll have the same time for work.M: Thank you for your advice! Til try it.Dialogue 6W: I cant decide whether to go to university or to get a job.M: Well, if I were you, Id go on studying.W: But I dont even know what to study.M: If I ha

84、d chance again, Id major in English. Youre good at language.W: That*s what my parents want me to do.M: You should take their advice. They know whats best for you.W: But my friends will have jobs and lots of fun, while I spend all my time doing reading and writing.M: But if you go to university, youl

85、l still have time for fun.W: Hm, what you say makes sense. But you know, I still have to ask my parents for pocket money, and I hate to do so at this age.M: And if you try to find a part-time job, youll have some money too.W: Yoifre right. Thank you for the advice.W: Most Americans dont like to get

86、advice from members of their families. When they need advice, they dont usually ask people they know. Instead, many Americans write lettersto newspapers and magazines, which give advice on many different subjects, including family problems, sex, use of language, health, cooking, children care, cloth

87、es, and how to buya house or a car. Two of the most famous writers of advice are women without special training for this kind of work. Experience is their preparation for giving advice. Theres onewriter who has not lived long enough to have much experience. She is a girl who started writing advice f

88、or newspaper readers at the age of ten. Her advice to young readers nowappears regularly in the column called Dear Angel.3. Agreement and disagreement. （ 451、）1. Don*t you agree?2. Can I ask if you agree with his argument?3 . 1 wonder if you would agree money doesnt mean happiness.4. You dont disagr

89、ee, do you?5 .1 absolutely agree.6 .1 suppose so.7. Oh, I agree entirely.8.1 agree in principle, but our emotions exist anyway.9 .1 dont think so.10.1 think youre absolutely wrong.Dialogue 1W: What do you think of the new television channel? Arent the programs awful?M: I quite agree with you. They a

90、re terrible. They are complete waste of time, but my wife disagrees with me.W: Actually, what bothers me is the violence. There are far too many detective and police shows.M: I couldnt agree with you morn. There arent enough educational programs, and even the news shows are not well done.W: You are

91、absolutely right. They are too brief. They dont tell you anything.Dialogue 2M: What a great weekend that was!W: My feelings exactly.M: I really enjoy the beach in the summer.W: I couldnt agree with you more.M: We should come here more often.W: You are absolutely right.M: Td like to come back next we

92、ekend.W: Thats exactly the way I feel.Dialogue 3M: China will finally become a superpower in my opinion. What do you think?W: Im afraid I cant agree with you. Chinese leaders have already said China will never be a supeipower.M: But things will change, you know.W: Other countries may, but I dont bel

93、ieve China will.Dialogue 4W: I thought that a quite good film, didnt you?M: Yes, I did.W: Its one of the best that have come out this year, I think.M: I quiet agree with you.Dialogue 5M: Did you go to the movie yesterday?W: Yes, I did.M: What did you think of it?W: I dont think much of the film.M: I

94、 think it is the worst one I have ever seen.W: Oh, Im not sure I agree with you. It was not a good one, but it was not the worst one. Actually, it wasnt too bad.M: I cant think the same.W: Whats more, some scenes were good, much fit for the children.M: I couldnt agree with you.Dialogue 6W: Why do yo

95、u want to spend your summer days in a mountain village?M: I think a mountain village is splendid!W: I dont agree with you. Its too small to live.M: It has fresh air, and it is nicer than a big town.W: I disagree, a big town is more lively.M: But I like the small mountain village. The big town is noi

96、sy. How charming it is when walking along the hill!W: Well, alright, I agree with you about that, but I still prefer a big town.M: My colleague thinks the government should give all the students a weekly wage. Fm not sure I agree with him. Some students would want to be students for the whole of the

97、irlife; however, my colleague doesn*t think so. He said that he doesnt need a high wage, just an allowance. I dont think it would be a good idea. I think it would be better for thegovernment to give students an interest free loan. Thats what they do in Sweden. Then my colleague agrees with me. He th

98、inks that sounds like quite a good idea. The students canpay it back in ten years.4. Annoyance(437s)1. Don*t talk to me about that fellow.2. His indifferent irritate me.3. I really hate being kept waiting.4. Impossible, that is too much.5. Isnt that annoying?6. It makes me sick the way they laugh.7.

99、 Thats a bore.8. Yark, my luck.9. Oh, damn.10. What a fool!Dialogue 11. Flight BE-407 to Paris is delayed. Will passengers please wait in the lounge.Oh, how annoying!The time of departure will be announced as soon as possible.What a nonsense.Im always annoyed at delay.It really makes me mad.Dialogue

100、 2Im very annoyed at your disobedience.But mum I didnt mess it up.You should have asked my opinion before you did it.Sorry mum, I wont do it again.Youd beller remember your promise.Dialogue 3Mr. smith is really a thorough drag.What is it?Hes endless talking about stocks almost bores me to death.Dont

101、 you like to know anything about stocks?Im not at all keen on this subject.Dialogue 4Bob, put on your shoes, your feet are really smelly.No foot gives outside.But dont forget you are in a cafe.Never mind. Youll honor my feet will quicken their eating speed.I simply cant bear your barbaric behavior.D

102、ont pretend you are a good God.You should feel shameful for your behavior.Ive never experienced such a kind of feeling.Im really sick of you.Dialogue 5Did you hear about Henry?No, what happened?Hes really upset. He didnt get accept to any of the colleges he really wants to go to.Why not? His grades

103、were so good.I think the application was received too late for the fourth semester.Dialogue 6What do you think you are doing?Pm just kitting myself smoke.How dare you. Youve no right to help yourself. I have none left for the morning.Dialogue 7You dont seem to like Beijing opera very much.To tell yo

104、u the truth, it really turns me off.Same feeling here.To me, its just like listening to a language completely unknown.A doctor who worked in a village was very annoyed, because many people used to stop him in the street and ask him his advice. In this way, he was never paid for his services andhe ne

105、ver managed to earn much money. He made his mind up to put an end to this. One day he was stopped by a young man who said to him:Moh, doctor, Im so glad to see you. Tvegot a severe pain in my left side. the doctor pretend to be interested and said:1 shut your eyes and stick your tongue out of your m

106、outh. Then he went away, leaving the manstanding in the street with his tongue hanging out. And a large crowd of people laughing at him.5. Apology(4s55vs)1. Excuse me for my smoking here.2. I just dont know what to say.3. Tam sorry for what I have said to you.4. I really feel bad about that.5 .1 do

107、apologize about that.6 .1 do beg your pardon for the mess Ive made.7 .1 quite understand.8. It doesnt matter at all.9. Never mind about that.10. Please dont worry.Dialogue 1W:You didnt ring me last night. You said you would.M:Tm sorry to have made you disappointed.W:That*s all right. But why were yo

108、u so rude to me at lunch.M:Was I? Sorry, I didnt mean to be. I do apologize.W:And why are you yarning now? Are you bored?M:Forgive me darling. Tm very tired.Dialogue 2N:Hi, Jeny. Are still working?J:Hi, Nacy. Come in please. Tm just putting away on my books.N:So, you are leaving, arent you?J:yes. Im

109、 going to take a holiday tomonow.N:How nice! I can see you are busy packing. Tm sorry to interrupt you.J:Thats all right. Tm almost finished. Do you need my help?N:Yes, could you please go over this for me? and see if there is any mistake in it?J:Oh. all right Fil read it soon.N:Excuse me for taking

110、 your time.J:Its nothing, Nancy.Dialogue 3M:What?How could you forget to reserve the concert tickets?W:Im sorry. I forget all about it.M:How could you? I reminded you just this morning.W:It*s leap my mind. I really feel terrible about it.M:I have been looking forward to this performance all month.W:

111、Im really sorry I let you down. Fil make it up to you somehow.Dialogue 4M:Im sorry Fm so late. I had a really bad day.Writs ten after six. Were late. But dinner is at six thirty.M:I know. I know. Tm really sorry. I lost my bag.W： ril call the lost and found office.M:I didnt think of it. Thank you. A

112、nd I do apologize for being late.Dialoque 5M:Excuse me, Susan.W:I hope nothing is wrong.M:Please forgive me, but I have to leave. I feel terrible. But.W:Whats the matter?M:My daughter isn*t feeling well.W:Oh, no. Is it serious?M:I dont know. Will you forgive me?W:Of course. Tm sorry for your daughte

113、r.M:Thank you. Its our first date. I hope ifs not too offensive.W:Not at all.Dialogue 6W:Tm sorry, but I can*t go.M:Why not?W:I have to see my daughter.M:When do you have to see her?W:I have an appointment at 1:15M:Dear Mr, Mary Bark. Fm Ralonds and Im writing to you regarding my behavior the other

114、day. I know that my actions are unprofessional, and Im really sorry about that incident.I really accept my mistake, and I want to tell all of you that my actions are like an uneducated person. A lot of you are mad of me, because of the way I react against one of themembers suggestion to me. But I li

115、ke to ask an apology to him also and everyone else. If you can still pass this it will be a big help for asking an apology to everyone. Thank youvery much. Im really sony about it6. Approval and Disapproval (3F)1. Are you in favor of his opinion?2. Is it ok now?3. Do you approve of the new design?4.

116、 Good. It*s the correct thing to do.5. The idea is very good.6. What an excellent idea.7 .1 dont think thats very good.8. That*s silly.9. Surely not.10.1 must say I disapprove of tax avoidance.Dialogue 1W: Tve typed the report.M: Well done.w: And I filed the letters.M: Excellent jobW: And Ive checke

117、d the ordersM: I very impressed.W: And Fve order suppliesM: Congratulations. You should be very proud of yourself.Dialogue 2M: I feel teiTible board. Tm going to take a job.W: Good.M ： Then I can by my own car.W: Splendid.M: And pay for my own close.W: Thats an excellent idea.Dialogue 3W: I think mo

118、dern painting means nothingM: I think so too. Its just pointless.W: Then why are so many crazy about itM: I dont know. Maybe they are really crazy.W: Maybe.Dialogue 4M: Dalian is a beautiful city. Do you agree?W: I suppose I do.M: The climate here is pleasant.W: They use said itM: This city is reall

119、y comfortable to live in.W: It sure isM: No other city can match it. Its heaven.W: If you live in other as long enough you love them just as much.M: Maybe.W: Thats for sure.W:No, no. Ifs not fair to say I disapprove, disappointed perhaps. But anyway nothing I say is likely to make any difference, is

120、 it? 1 mean youve major mind up already, havent you?Its just that, well, I always thought that weH turn out differently. We always had particular way of life- done certain things, movies into certain circle. No I dont disapprove.7. Believe and disbelieve(53xs)1. I can easily believe it.2. I dont dou

121、bt your words.3. I think what you said is true.4. Tam convinced of his honesty.5. Til take your word, Ford.6 .1 have complete faith in what he said.7. Did you really?8.1 know better than that. 93.9. It cant be true.10. You cant be serious.Dialogue 1M:Have you heard about Anlesen David?M:No, have the

122、y have another fight?M:No, they got engaged.W:You must be joking. Those two.M:Well, my dear. I didnt believe either. But got it straight form the horses mouth. David called me this morning.W:So when did this happen?M:Last weekend, while they were on the sick trip.W:Well, I believe it now, and when a

123、re they are getting marry?M:Next June.W:I can hardly believe it.Dialogue 2W:We scored six goals.M:I dont believe it.W:And I score three of them.M:You are not serious?W:We had extra time of course.M:I can believe that.Dialogue 3M:Have heard about Paul?W:No, what?M:Hes got a promotion.WiYoure kidding.

124、M:No, they made him vice president in charge of sales.W:I dont believe it. He is only being with the company for two years.M:Well, its true. The board man last Friday and they choice Paul.W:Well. Good for him.Dialogue 4M:Excuse me sir. May I come in?S:Mike, youre late again.M:Im sorry, but my sister

125、 was ill, so IS:Do you think I believe the story like that?M:But its tine.S:How can believe it if the same excuse was used twice within a week?M:Thats coincident.S:Ok, hold it. Remember to be punctual next time。M:I promise I will.s:Youd better.Dialogue 5W:What do you think of doctor Tompson?M:I feel

126、 confident of his ability to cure my daughters disease.W:How can you be so sure?M:I can tell form the way he spoke to us.W:Never believe his words.Dialogue 6M:My goodness. She is thirty seconds faster than the world records in five thousand meters race.W:Excuse me. What did you say?M:A Chinese girl

127、have broken the world record in the Olympic GamesW:Thafs incredible. I cant believe it.M:You have to. Its sure.W:How amazing!Dialogue 7W:Suiz wrote me a letter.M:What did she say?W:She got a master degree, and now she is going for her doctor.M:Really? I cant believe it.Wilts not a surprise, is it? S

128、he has always been a hard working student.M:But I think a master degree is good enough for a girl.M:When I was told that Frank was getting married, I could hardly believe my ears. Because Frank was so satisfied with his free single life and he didnt want to commit to anyone.So my first response to t

129、he news was is he really? But latter I was convinced by their romance. Frank mate his Phoney on a holiday in Span. They fell love almost at the first sight,but the girl was relax as independent as he was, therefore it took quite a while for their relationship to reach that place. If it hadnt it bein

130、g for their story, I wouldnt have believe loveat first sight.8. Cause 6、 ）1. They failed to go outing because of the weathe匚2. He was late thats a result of the snow.3. The damage resulted from the fire.4 .1 was in the bus with a result that I didnt hear the telephone.5. The new computer has more me

131、mory and is therefore faster than the old one.6. We stayed at home because it rained.7. Why didnt you stop him?8. Everybody likes him as hes kind and honest.9. Since you insist, I must go.10.1 cannot see anything for the fog.Dialogue OneWhy didnt you call me last night?Because I went out.Why didnt y

132、ou call me from a callbox?I didnt have any change.Tell me why you didnt come to see me tonight then.I don?t like all your questions. Thats why.Dialogue TwoIts over.What is over?Our relationship. I mean my friend and I.Any reasons?The cause is another boy.Oh, thats too bad.Dialogue ThreeJohn, Im sorr

133、y, the air tickets for the International Day are sold out.Really? I didnt expect that.Its possible because everyone wants to travel during the holiday weekend.I should have booked the tickets in advance.Take it easy. Til like you know if anyone decides to cancel his reservation.Thats all right. Mayb

134、e Ill change my plan. Thank you all the same.Well, I think that these problems of teenagers getting into troubles with a law is mainly caused by unemployment. Ybu see, because of the high level of the unemployment, so manyteenagers nowadays leave school and find that they have no choice of getting a

135、 job. And this obviously makes them feel bored and frustrated. And other result of this, theyre muchlikely to get drunk and so on. Another thing of cause is that you get groups of unemployed teenagers wondering around streets with nothing to do which can easily lead to trouble ofone sort or another.

136、9. Certainty and uncertainty(6s IT)1. Are you certain about that?2. Were you quite sure about your success?3. Really?4 .1 suppose you have no doubt about that.5. Fve no doubt of your ability.6. I bet theyve got lost.7. Tm quite convinced things will improve.8. Its hard to tell.9. That*s my convictio

137、n.10.1 cant decide when to start.Dialogue 1M:Where were you last night, at exactly 9:20PM?w:9:20pm, I couldnt say. I cant remember.M:Are you sure you cant remember?W:Tve absolutely certain.M:Were you in or out? Can you remember that?W:Im not quite positive. I think I went out at about half pass nine

138、.M:Did you see anyone come into the block flats?W:No, I didnt.M:Sure?W:Quite sure.Dialogue 2W:Are you sure this is the right restaurant.M:Positive.W： You don*t think you could be wrong?M:Iam absolutely sure Im right.W:I dont know. It looks a little wrong down.M:This is right. There is no doubt in mi

139、nd.W: Youre hundred percent sure you want to eat here?M: Check and double check.Dialogue 3M:Do you think they two will get married?W:Ybu can count on it.M:I think so. Yes, they get along so well.W:I like him. Hes good for her.M: Youre right. He sure is.Dialogue 4W:Fm exhausted. My new exercise is so

140、 hard,M:I think it is easy. I could work in your class with no problem.W:You think so?M:Oh, without doubt. When is the next class?W:Tomorrw morning. Try it.M:No problem.W:Are you going to this class this morning?M:Of course, easy. No sweat.W: Youre no able to move after this class.M:Are you kidding

141、me? Its going to be up a piece of cake.W:You want to bet?M:Yeah, whatt the bet?W:I bet I can go one hour in your class this morning and not feel a thing.Dialogue 5M:You say he was around average height.W:Yeah, thats right, around five nine five ten.M:Weight?W:Im not sure. Medium, I suppose. Maybe a

142、little on the heavy side.M:Any marks on his face?W:No, I dont think so.M:Glasses?W:No.M:what about his hair?W:Black or dark brown.M:Long or short? Straight? Curly?W:Straight, I think, and about average length.M:Boy, this surely doesnt help us much. It could be anybody. How about his clothes? What wa

143、s he wearing.W:Well, he had a Jacked or a plage shirt. You know the kind of number jack wear.M:Ok, now we are getting somewhere. Pants?W:Dark, maybe dark blue maybe black. Tm not sure.M:What kind of shoes?W: BootsM:Cow while Boots.W:No, hiking boots. Brown ones.M:A11 right. That nearly done a little

144、.M:Now I want you to look some pictures.Dialccue 6M:Weli, what about it? As it happens Ive got two tickets for next Thursday evening. I sought perhaps.W:Well, thanks all the same, Denise. But no I dont think. Sorry, Fm sure you would enjoy it. Td like to Denise, but Im busy on Friday this week and n

145、ext week too.M:But I said Thursday. The tickets are for Thursday evening.W:Thursday?Oh, sony I meant Thursday too. I mean I busy then too.M:I see. Oh, well some other time perhaps.W:Yes. some other time perhaps. Thanks again.If you are a teacher, are your sure that the student with good grades will

146、be successful person in the future. And are you sure that slow student will be also slow in his whole life. Fmnot sure about it. Absolutely not. I had a student in all the teachers agreed that he was absolutely slowest student we have ever had. He spoke slowly, moves slowly and row slowly.We suspect

147、ed that he thought slowly, but he could proud add the type of daughter to his name in six years. So I believe one sentence forever-If at first you don*t succeed it try and tryagain. Yes, Im sure about this. You may also remember this.10. Comparison(5 20v)1. A car journey is as fast as a train journe

148、y.2. His achievements are comparable with the best.3. I generally find flying more interesting than going by sea.4. If you compare wood and plastics, the latter is lighter.5. Its a bit slower.6. Its much more convenient.7. On the whole, Jack is the cleverest.8. By in large, its quality is the best.9

149、. Rupee is less valuable than diamond.10. Your voice is incomparably more attractive than hers.Dialogue 1W: Um, which of them is the better typist?M: Well, Mary types faster than Jones. But I think Jones types more carefully.W: Is there any difference in their short hand?M: Jones can certainly take

150、down letter more quickly, but Marys short hand is the best in her class.W: How about languages?M: Both of them speak excellent French. But I think Mary speaks German more fluently than Jones does.W: Um. That doesnt really matter. Because we have more French visitors than German.Dialogue 2M: 15 hours

151、 overtime? That cant be right.W: It is. You see, I work harder than you do, George.M: Rubbish! You dont work harder than me. I work faster than you.W: Well, perhaps Im a bit slower, but I think I do my job better.M: Ah, you dont know anything about my work.Dialogue 3M: All right. But these are black

152、 and I dont like black shoes. Theyre dull.W: Well, black is a better color than pink. Pinks for girls.M: Then why are you wearing black shoes?W: Because.oh, all right. You win. Lets pay for them and go.M: Hey, thanks, mum.Dialogue 4W: I want to change my job.M: Why?W: Well, I want to earn more.M: I

153、see.W: Not only that. The job Im doing now is the most boring job you can imagine.Dialogue 5M: Theyll do the operation for you this Friday.W: But Saturday is my birthday.M: I think its important to do now. We can have a birthday party for you when you come out of the hospital.W: But it wont be on my

154、 birthday.M: But your health is more important. Believe me!Dialogue 6Wl: Im so excited, mother. Oh, a new baby!W2: My first grandchild.Wl: And my first nephew. He looks a lot like you, mum. He does.W2: Do you think so? Well, I guess. He does look a lot like me. Oh, hes got Richards eyes though.Wl: Y

155、es, he does have Richards eyes. The baby even looks like you than Richard does.W2: Well, children usually resemble their parents.Wl: Its true. Michelle is a lot like Henry in so many ways. And she is shy with new people just like he is.W2: You often like comparing children with their parents.Wl: You

156、re right.My father is one of the greatest men in the world. He is as strong as an ox. He can climb the highest mountains; he can swim the widest rivers. He is as brave as a bull, too. He canride the wildest horses and catch the most dangerous criminals. He is the best story teller in town. He knows

157、everything. My father is as busy as a bee at work. His boss says nobodyworks harder than my father. At home, my father is as quiet as a mouse. My mother says my father is as stubborn as a mill. Sometimes she says he is as sloppy as a pig, too. I donlunderstand what she means by that. He takes out th

158、e trash every time she tells him to.11. Complaint(447sv)1. Could you hurry up the bus?2. Do you think you could turn your TV down a bit?3. Fm afraid I have a complaint to make.4. Tm afraid, sir, it just isnt good enough.5. He just wont do.6. Well, this is most unsatisfactory.7. Would you please not

159、make so much noise?8. Its always the case.9. Youve got to do something about it.10.1 really do object to your wasting our precious time here.Dialogue 1W: Could I see the manager please? I have a complaint to make.M: Yes, Im the manager here. What can I do for you, Madam?W: Did you have the room chec

160、ked before we move in?M: Which room are you in?W: 1808. The toilet doesnt work properly; the water doesnt run in the shower.M: Im awfully sorry to hear that. TH turn to it right away.(After checking)M: I do apologize. Well change your room to 2002.W: Thats not bad. Thanks for your help.M: Its my ple

161、asure, Madam.Dialogue 2M: Excuse me.W: Yes, sir. Can I help you?M: Um, this steak, I asked for to be medium rare.W: Medium rare, thats right, sir. I remember your order.M: Well, Fm afraid it isnt. Its a bit too well done and rather tough. Would you mind changing?W: If it is not to your satisfaction,

162、 Til certainly bring you another. But Im afraid you may have to wait for a few minutes.M: Yes, thats all right. Thank you very much.Dialogue 3W: Look! I bought these shoes only three weeks ago and there is a hole in them already.M: If that happen to me, Fil take them back to the shop.W: I did. But t

163、hey said they wont change them.M: Thats tenible. But if they wouldnt change them, I know what I would do.Dialogue 4M: Oh, the food here really is bad. My soup was cold and meat, ur.it was like leather.W: Yes. And they dont give you very much either. Tm still hungry.M: Im sure this one is especially

164、bad. And the word is so unpleasant.W: Dont do this! Dont do that! You mustnt do this! You cant do that!M: Well, Tm going to write a letter of complaint.W: And well all help you.Dialogue 5W: Good morning.M: Good morning. Can I help you?W: Yes. Its about this boots I bought here the other day.M: What

165、seems to be the trouble?W: Well, they cut into my feet and rather painful. I was wondering if you could change them for me.M: Um. Thats a bit difficult. No one ever complained before, you know. Til tell you what. I can try stretching them for you if you like. I think youll find that would be satisfa

166、ctoiyI have no complaint at all. But the world is a little bit tough to me. I was born in a poor family with 6 elder sisters and 2 little brothers. I didnt receive any good education, and youcould imagine what my husbands education is like. He usually calls rude names to me and I choose to pretend t

167、o be deaf. Our daughter, she is really a little lovely thing. But she isalways crying and looks as if to say, 4go away, I dont like you. I am a woman, a small woman. It is universally acknowledged that I have no complaint at all.12. Congratulation(430xv)1. Congratulations!2. Many many congratulation

168、s on your marriage.3. It was great to hear youve got a good job.4. Well done, Collin.5. Allow me to offer my heartiest congratulations.6 .1 must congratulate you.7. Fd like to be the first to congratulate you.8. Let me congratulate you.9. May I congratulate you?10. Please accept my heartiest congrat

169、ulation.Dialogue 1M: How are you, Sue?W: Pretty good. Tve just had my new poems published.M: Congratulations on your success.W: Thank you.M: And hows your brother?W: He is fine.M: Hes going to be sent to Britain to study, really?W: Yes. Hes already got the passport and visa.M: Fantastic! Please send

170、 him my congratulations.W: Thank you. Hes very lucky indeed.Dialogue 2W: David, Pm going to China.M: Really? How do you get the chance?W: You know. I took part in the Chinese contest. I was the best and they gave me this reward. I dont have to pay for my trip.M: Congratulations. How lucky you are!W:

171、 Thank you. Fm leaving tomorrow morning.M: Im sure youll enjoy the trip. China is such a beautiful country.W: Tm sure I will.M: Have a nice journey, Lily.W: Thank you, David.Dialogue 3M: I passed history test.W: Really? Thals marvelous!M: And then youre old man wont be beaten this time.W: Tve made u

172、p my mind not to be beaten again.Dialogue 4M: Lisa, I am told you did very well in your exam.W: I was the only one who got a strait A in our class.M: Congratulations on your success.W: Thank you.Dialogue 5Ml: Nice to see you, Patrick.M2: Bob! I hear your team won the match.M1: Yeah. All of us tried

173、our best.M2: Congratulations!M1: Thanks.Dialoque 6M: You look so happy, Anna. Any good news?W: Yes. Tve won the first prize in the math contest.M: Really? Congratulations!W: Thank you, Paul.M: By the way, would you like to have dinner with me tomorrow evening? Tomorrow is my birthday.W: Good, happy

174、birthday to you!M: Not so soon. Its not my birthday today. Well, youll come, wont you?W: Sure, I will. Thank you for inviting me.M: My pleasure.Good evening. It gives me great pleasure to introduce our nurse of the year, Miss Helen Taylor. Miss Taylor, hearty congratulations on your success. Tm very

175、 happy for you. Youvebeen awarded this prize as a result of recommendations from your seeing your officers, your colleagues, and parents of the children. Here are some of their recommendations,efficient but patient, helpful and happy, strict but caring, humor and interested. These are the greatest r

176、ecommendations any nurse could receive. Let me congratulate you again.13. Decision(416K V)1. I am quite decided.2. Tm decided against selling a house.3. Tve made up my mind not to change my plan.4. Tve set my mind on the plan.5. Nothing can stop me from carrying out my plan.6. They*re settled where

177、to camp.7. Weve fixed on starting tomorrow.8. Tm determined to pay him $100.9. Fve made a decision to resign.10. Weve arrived at a decision now.Dialogue 1W: Is there anything wrong?M: Tm wonied about my daughter. She canU decide about college.W: Dont worry. Thats just a part of being a teenager.M: I

178、 dont mind that. But she disagrees with me about everything.W: You should encourage her to make up her mind by herself. You shouldnt affect her decision.M: But I just want to give her some tips.W: Oh, she can make her own decisions.M: I guess you are right.W: Believe me. Everything will be ok.M: I h

179、ope so.Dialogue 2W: Im soiTy, dad. But you cant do that. Ifs for me to decide.M: Oh, I see. Youve already decided, have you? Now, you listen to me, youre only 19.W: I didnt say Id already decided, dad. I said it was for me to decide. There is a difference.M: Oh. So you think you can just do whatever

180、 you want, do you?W: I didnt say that either. I was hoping we could discuss the matter together. I want your advice but I dont want you to tell me what to do. Fve got to make decisions for myself,dad.Dialogue 3M: Tve decided to go to the cinema alone this evening.W: What has caused you to make such

181、a decision? Didnt you used to go with Helen?M: Helen is nice but she talks a lot.W: Oh. Thats really annoying when seeing a film.M: It sure is.Dialogue 4W: Dick, Ive decided not to rent that house.M: But yesterday you said you would rent it.W: Ive changed my mind.M: Why is that?W: Well, I think mayb

182、e I should find a house that is closer to where I work.M: Maybe youre right.Dialogue 5M: I cant decide what to do today.W: Well. Lets go swimming.M: Dont you think its a bit cold for that?W: Then why dont we go for a walk in the hills. Itd be very good for us you know.Anthony was a poor Irish man wi

183、th a large family. And one morning, waking up very early from cold and hunger, he decided to go shooting in the wood near his cottage. The woodbelonged to a rich gentleman and Anthony had no right to go there. But in it there were some rabbits and flocks of birds that were good to eat, and Anthony d

184、etermined to take therisk. Suddenly he saw the owner with a group of friends coming towards him in the wood. With a quick decision, Anthony walked boldly up to the company and greeted them.14. Description(4v 23s v)1. Shes growing into a very attractive young lady.2 .1 bet she is very tall and slim.3

185、. What does he look like?4. How does Peter feel about her?5. Is she as smart as ever?6. Its brown, and our other furniture is light blue.7. What color are you going to paint it?8. Whats this coin like?9. Can you describe it to me?10. It has a bright green cover.Dialogue 1W: Youre home late today, Da

186、vid. How was school?M: Not bad. There?s a new English teacher.W: Oh, whats she like?M: She is beautiful.W: Is she old or young?M: She is quite young and her hair is blond.W: Is she strict?M: Not really. Her eyes are blue.W: Can she speak Chinese?M: Not much. She is very tall and slim.W: David, stop

187、dreaming. It?s time to do your homework.Dialogue 2W: Ive got a new boss.M: Oh, whats he like?W: Well, hes got dark hair and brown eyes.M: Yes.W: And a white sports car.M: Um, thats good.W: Yes, but hes got a wife and 3 children as well.Dialogue 3W: Whos this? your girl-friend?M: No, ifs my sister.W:

188、 How old is she?M: Shes 18.W: She is tall?M: Yes, she is.W: And she is thin, isnt she?M: Well, just a little thin.Dialogue 4W: John, Id like you to meet Charles Brown, our new manager at the aiiport.M: Yes, certainly. How can I recognize him?W: He is short, well-built, and hes got light blond hair.M

189、: Is there anything else?W: He has a mustache, if I remember correctly, and a light complexion.M: How old is he?W: He is in his late thirties.M: Well. I shouldnt have any trouble recognizing him. What time does his flight arrive?W: At 2:30.Dialogue 5M: Is this your new teacher?W: Yes, it is.M: Is sh

190、e short?W: No, shes average.M: What color are her eyes?W: Theyre dark gray.M: What color is her hair?W: Its blond.M: And how old is she?W: I dont know.Dialogue 6M: Whats your new job like?W: Oh, its fine. Tve got a very nice secretary and a large pleasant office.M: Um.W: And a company car.M: Very ni

191、ce.W: Yes, it is. But Ive got a lot of work too.M: Well, thats life, isnt it?I have never talked to the new people in No. 33. I dont know their names. I think the woman is oriental but she could be South American. She is pretty at least I think so. She isquite short and slim with long black hair. Bu

192、t shes got quite a pale complexion and very beautiful eyes. As to her husband, he is English. Theres nothing special about him. Hisfather is quite a different person. He has dark hair and a short black beard. And hes rather fat. Oh, hes about to say hljust to me. I would like to visit them this week

193、end.15. Disappointment(4V4X)1. His decision is a great pity.2. How disappointing!3. Im disappointed. I missed the concert.4 .1 was disappointed in the new house.5. It wasnt as good as Fd expected.6. What a pity!7. Just our luck.8. What a shame!9 .1 must say I had hoped to meet your manager.10. Your

194、return may come as a great appointment.Dialog 1W: Oh, no!M: How dreadful!W: Look at the view from the window.M: Oh, dear. Thats terrible. Not at all what I expected.W: Its awful, isnt it?M: I canl bear to look at it. Fm rather disappointed.W: It cant be helped.Dialog 2M: You are studying here, arent

195、 you?W: Yes. I have been here for three years.M: Do you like this campus?W: Well. Fm rather disappointed with it.M: How come?W: Ils too old. And it isnt as specious as 1 expected.M: Oh. Its awful, but it cant be helped.W: Til just have to put up with it.Dialog 3W: What happen, John?M: Nothing.W: Why

196、 do you look unhappy?M: Tm rather disappointed at not being able to see my best friend off.W: Oh, cheer up. HeH understand you.M: I hope so.Dialog 4W: What he said disappointed me.M: What did he say?W: He advised me to change to a more suitable course.M: Why?W: He said that career in law was unsuita

197、ble for a women.M: It is stupid to say so.Dialog 5W: Did you like the party?M: Not particularly. I was rather disappointed.W: Why? What had you expected?M: Id expected it to be much more exciting.Dialog 6W: David, why didnt you clean the room?M: Tm not in the mood.W: Why are you feeling depressed?M:

198、 I was told my girlfriend was speaking ill of me. Thats a real let-down.W: I dont think she will do such a thing.M: But she did and made me disappointed.W: Oh, cheer up. A girlfriend is not everything.M: But she means a lot to me.W: Then forgive her mistake.M: Oh. I just cant forget it.I arrive safe

199、ly after a good journey. And town looks quite interesting. The people Lime Sting with seem very nice. But I must say Im disappointed at my room. Its terribly small andnot well furnished. And the bed is narrow, hard and lumpy. And the room is dark, as there is only one small window and no view. There

200、 is no ware for me to study. Just a chair, butno table. I was pretty depressed when I sighted. It?s only for four weeks so. So I suppose Fil just have to put up with it.16. Distress(4v)1. You seem worried.2 .1 am very concerned that I am going to fail the final exam.3. There is nothing to worry abou

201、t.4 .1 am very terrified this sort of stories.5. You almost scared me to death.6. You dont have to be anxious about traveling on your own.7. She is feeling blue, because she didnt do well in the exam8. Tve been feeling a bit down in the dumps lately9. It frightens me when I have to walk home late in

202、 the dark.10.1 wonder why she gave me soiTOwful looks.Dialogue 1A:Whats the matter? You dont look well.B:I am worried.A:What about?B:My exam.A:Oh, is that all?B:I feel very nervous about it.A:Dont wony about it. Try to look on the bright sight of things.Dialogue 2A: Are you all right?B:I will be all

203、 right soon. I was tenified when I watched themfall from the wire.A:Dont worry. He is an acrobatoB:I see.Dialogue 3A:Tm worrying that she may be lost.B:Be relaxed. She is familiar with the area.A:After all, she is a five-year-old kidB:Ok, Til go out and look for herDialogue 4A:Anything wrong? Slovia

204、B:Nothing.A: Why are you so sad then?B:I am falling to pieces. Everythingturns against to me.B:Cheer up. You can take it.A:I hope so.Dialogue 5A:Its a worry to me whether he is able to pass the exam or not.B:I think he is able to pass with your help.A:Im not sure.B:Hes been working hard recently, ha

205、snt he?Dialogue 6W:Would you like to come to our party?M： rd like to. But Tm not myself today.W:what happened? You look so pale.M:It*s the end of the world for me.W:What makes you say that?M:Today, Tm told I failed three courses.W:Oh, thats too bad.M:Work harder next term.W： Im such a fool that dupl

206、ication of effort is only a wastetime to me.M:Don*t lose heart. Everything will be fine.W:I hope so.James and Patrick were alone in the office. Patrick didnt not look very cheerful, so James asked him what had happened. Patrick said, oh nothing special. Tm just a bit fed up. Jamesaskedwhether he was

207、 fed up with the job. Patrick said he was fed up with everything, with catching the same train every morning, setting in the same office all day, watching the sametelevision prograMs. Therefore, James advised him to have a holiday. Because he knew that reason why Patrick was so distressed was that h

208、e did the same sort of job for years andyears. There was no variety in his life17. Excuse。57、 )1) Well, the thing is you didnt ask for leave.2) I mean I came but you are not in.3) Let me explain. You see many people are illiterate.4) But the point is that most insurance companies make profits.5) Its

209、 because I dont want to be late for class.6) The reason that he doesnt come is that he is ill.7) I cant accept your excuse.8) Well, ah. . ., its hard to tell you.9) Hi, Lily, Ive come to say usorryn to you.10) No one will be convinced by your excuse.Dialogue 1W: Gordon, youre ever so late.M: Yes, I

210、am sorry. I missed the bus.W: But theres a bus every ten minutes, and you are over 1 hour late.M: Well, I missed several buses.W: How on earth can you miss several buses?M: I, ah. . ., I got have late.W: Oh, come on, Gordon, it*s the afternoon now. Why were youlate really?M: Well, I. . I lost my wal

211、let, and I.W: Have you got it now?M: Yes, I found it again.W: When?M: This morning. 1 mean.W: I am not convinced by your explanation.Dialogue 2M: I am not convinced by your explanation. Could you explain it?W: Sorry, I really cant do that. Theres little time left for us.M: I cant accept your excuse.

212、 Its five oclock.W: But I have an appointment with Ann.M: Ok, sounds good. But I think its your trick.Dialogue 3W: Whats the matter with you then? You look miserable.M: Its us.W: What do you mean by us?M: Well, you always say youre busy.W: Thats right.M: And you often go back to live with your paren

213、ts and leave our son in the room by himself.W: I. . I. . I miss my parents, also they miss me.M: Oh I remember, I cut terrible calls, and you didnt say anything about it.W: You mean I am groaned a few words?M: Totally not. Perhaps its about our marriage.I have an appointment with Joans. But Im tenib

214、ly soiTy Fm late. She simply says, thats all right, and it doesnt really matter. But in fact she is serious. She asks me to explain. SoI just answer, please dont be like that. Just let me explain. I tried to get here in time, but just after I left home, the car broke down. Unfortunately, she doesnt

215、believe it. I only saythat, yes, and. well. luckily, there was a garage near me, and it took them a while to repair. To tell you the truth, I met an old friend on the street, so we had a chat for a while.18. Gratitude(4 36K X)1. Tm much obliged.2. Many thanks for your coming here.3. Thank you very m

216、uch indeed.4. Thanks a lot for what youve told me.5 .1 do appreciate your timely help.6 .1 should like to express my gratitude for your kindness.7. Im extremely grateful to you.8. Its very good of you to give me the book.9. Its a pleasure.10. Thats all right.Dialog 1M: Youre all set now?W: Oh, thank

217、 you so much.M: Really, it was nothing.W: I really appreciated it.M: I was happy to help.W: It was so kind of you.M: Dont mention it.W: Youre a real friend in need.Dialog 2W: Many happy returns of the day, darling?M: Thank you very much.W: And here is your birthday present.M: A gold watch!W: Do you

218、like it?M: I love it! Darling, you*re so kind.Dialoe 3M: Jenny, are you having fun here?W: Yes, of course. This is really a nice party with wonderful people and lovely wines.M: Im glad youre enjoying it.W: Thank you for the invitation.M: Its my pleasure. Would you like another glass of champagne?W:

219、Yes, please. Thank you for everything.Dialog 4M: Excuse me. May I take a picture of you and your little boy?W: Whafs it for?M: Ils for a book.W: Oh, thats a nice idea. Well, its fine if you take our picture.M: Thank you. I appreciate your help.Dialog 5W: m pick you up at 5:30, OK?.M: Fine. Do you ha

220、ve my address?W: No.M: Its 761, Dearfield Drive.W: Is that D-E-A-R-F-I-E-L-D?M: Thats right. Well, I guess Fil see you on Saturday then?W: Right. Pm looking forward to it.M: Me, too. Thanks so much for asking me. See you then.W: OK. So long for now.Dialog 6M: Diana, do you like the perfume I gave yo

221、u?W: Its good. But to tell you the truth, I dont wear perfume.M: Tm sorry. I didnt know that.W: Thats all right. Thank you all the same.Dialog 7W: Excuse me, Sir. Can you help me?M: Sure.W: Can you tell me how to get to London Street?M: You should take the No. 1 subway.W: Is there a station near her

222、e?M: Yes, the station is that way.W: No. 1 train. Thank you.On this Fathers Day, I believe not only biological father should take a bow, but also step fathers. As the biological dad in a step family, Tm cutely aware of the fact that my daughterspends part of her time with her step dad and mum too. S

223、hes shared by two families who love her. So while Im going to enjoy this Fathers Day to the full list. My daughters stepdad, please accept my gratitude. You are an important main influence for my daughter. And I appreciate your kindness love towards her. I hope one day society will have the couraget

224、o face up to the reality of step family situations. My dream is for step fathers and step mothers to each have their own special day of honor.19. Indifference(442x)1. Beijing Opera is not my cup of coffee.2. I think its boring.3.1 couldnt be careless.4. They looked indifferent to whatever I said.5.

225、Pop music leaves me cold.6. It doesnt make any difference to me whether he wins of not.7. What does that matter?8.1 dont mind it.9. Tm unconcerned about that.10. Who cares!Dialogue 1W: How about a movie tonight?M: It doesnt matter to me.W: Does 7:00 suit you?M: Either way. I dont care.W: How about a

226、 snack after work?M: I couldnt careless.W: Would you rather stay home?M: Whatever you say.W: Are you really interested in doing something?M: I dont mind if you want to.Dialogue 2M: Look! Its the start of the Olympic Games.W: So what?M: You want to watch, dont you?W: Not really. I couldnt careless ab

227、out the Olympic Games.M: Please yourself.Dialogue 3W: Shall we for go out for a meal this evening?M: I donl really mind.W: We can go to that new Chinese restaurant.M: I suppose I could.W: Come on, lets try it.M: All right. If you really want to.Dialogue 4W: Hi, dear, do you know what the important d

228、ay is today?M: I dont know.W: Please think it over.M: Oh, I see.W: Come on, dear. I know you mustn,t forget it.M: Its Saturday, a great weekend.W: Ur, you really let me down.M: Dont be angry with me. I have a bad memory.W: No, you havent. You just donl care about me. Youre an indifferent husband.M:

229、What day is it on earth?W: Its an anniversary of our weeding.Dialogue 5W: Would you like to see our new shirts?M: Sorry, but Im not really interested in those things.W: But theyre very nice, you know.M: Really.W: And not expensive either.M: Oh, I dont care about that.W: Everybody is wearing them.M:

230、Are they?W: Yes, theyre very fashionable, you see.M: Im afraid Im not interested in fashion.W: I see.M: But thank you very much all the same.W: Sony, I couldnt help you.Dialogue 6W: Would you like any toast, dear?M: Um?W: Toast, dear?M: As you like.W: Would you like any tea, dear?M: It doesnt make a

231、ny difference to me.W: Oh, youre not listening to me.M: Leave me alone.In China, theres a Hope Project. Its for those poor children in the extremely poor areas. Theyre looking forward to going to school but they canl afford that. To be a kind person,how can you be so indifferent to the sufferings of

232、 these children? Children are the future of the country, of the whole world. And theyre perspective. We should care for them, helpthem with no difference at all. But look at our people, some of them only want to lead a happy and rich life of their own, they dont care about other persons even those p

233、oor littlechildren. They think that is none of their business. They also have children. How can they be like stones! Give some love to those children, even though a little!20. Invitation(3x54K V)1. Can you come over and join us?2. Shall we have a drink at this restaurant?3. WeII be glad you can come

234、 to attend our meeting.4. Wont you come with me?5. You must join us for lunch.6. Could we have the honor of your presents at the meeting?7 .1 would very much. Thank you.8. Id like nothing better than to meet your parents.9. Thats very nice of you.10. It would give us great pleasure to enjoy Christma

235、s with you.Dialogue 1M: Would you like to come out with me tonight?W: Sorry, I cant.M: Tomorrow night, then?W: Td like to. But Im afraid I cant.M: Im wondering if you like to go to the theatre then.W: Thats sounds great.M: Ok. How about give me a ring, then?W: No. Fd better not.M: Why not?W: Because

236、 I dont think my husband would like it. Thank you for inviting me anyway.Dialogue 2M: When can we expect you and your daughter for dinner? Next Saturday?W: Next Saturday? Im sorry. Fve promised to go to a Chinese Opera with my daughter.M: How about Sunday then?W: Yes, Sunday sounds fine. What time?M

237、: Does 6:30 suit you?W: It suits us fine. WeH see you then.M: Thanks, goodbye.Dialogue 3M: Would you like to have dinner with me tonight?W: Oh, that sounds great!M: Til pick you up at.say, 7:30?W: Yes, that would be perfect.M: See you tonight then.W: Yes. Thank you for inviting me.Dialogue 4M: Are y

238、ou doing anything tonight?W: No, nothing. Why?M: Do you like western music?W: Yes, I do very much.M: Theres a concert tonight. Would you like to go and listen to it?Dialogue 5F: 47088729. Hello, Could I speak to Mary, please? This is Mrs. Fort here.M: This is Mary speaking.F: Ah, Mary, good evening.

239、 Look, I was wondering if you like to come to a party we are having on Friday? There are many coming from the office.M: Oh, that sounds nice. Td love to.Dear Professor Green,I was told by our mutual friend Mr. Smith that you would visit China next month this year. May I take the opportunity to invit

240、e you to come to our college to give the students ofour English department some lectures on Modern American Literature? Please let me know as soon as possible if you can come and tell me when you will be able to do so.With warm personal regards.Your sincerelyMary21. Like & Dislike（ 4、33、 、 ）1. Dont

241、you like meeting people?2. Do you care for this color?3. May I ask if youve found the feature films?4. Tm very keen on outdoor sports.5. Theres nothing I enjoy more than attending a party.6 .1 fancy that dress.7. Fm crazy about skating.8. What I most enjoy is painting.9 .1 really hate gossiping.10.1

242、 cant say smoking appeals to me very much.Dialogue 1W: You don?t look like enjoying this workout.M: Im not crazy about it at all.W: You dont like this sort of exercise?M: Im not interested in it. Are you keen on it?W: Yes, thats funny. I thought you liked it.M: I hate it.W: Never mind. IlH be over i

243、n 10 minutes.M: Its the worst thing Fve ever tried.Dialogue 2M 1:1 love slim girls, dont you?M2: Not particularly. I like fat girls.Ml: And I like a girl with good skin, do you?M2:1 cant say I do. What I like a girl with good manners.M1: Oh, yes. But surely you like a girl with a nice figure.M2: Yes

244、. But I like a girl with a nice personality.Ml: But you like a girl to be rich, surely?M2: Not particularly. I like a girl to be good.M1: What about you, Henry? You havent said a thing.H: I dont like girls. I think theyre awful.Dialogue 3M: Oh, hi, Lily. When did you get back from Canada?W: Just las

245、t week.M: How was it?W: Oh, I loved it. I only visited a couple of cities, you know. But I had a great time.M: Well, tell me. What are they like?W: Theyre nice.Dialogue 4W: Do you like chocolates?M: It depends.W: Do you like coffee?M: Um. Its delicious.W: And do you like English food?M: Not all of i

246、t.Dialogue 5M: Hi, whatre you reading?W: Oh, its Death on the Nile. Have you read it?M: No, not that one. But I saw the movie. Could I bonow it when you finished?W: Sure. I didnt know you like mysteries.M: Oh, Im crazy about them.Dialogue 6M: Kate, what do you like to do tonight? Do you often go to

247、the movies?W: Of course. I often go to the movies.M: Theres a good movie called Summer in Beijing.W: I heard its a very good movie.M: Lets find out what time it starts.W: Lets look at the newspaper.M: Here it is. It starts al 8:00.W: Wonderful. Tm so excited.What I like most I suppose is the fact th

248、at is so unusual. I mean, when I tell people what I do, they just look at me usually as if Im a mad. I get up at about 6:15 every moming. Ileave my wife in bed because she is not as mad as me. And I put my trunks on and my track suit and drive down to the park with my cloths and case. It only takes

249、about 5 minutesbecause theres no traffic of course at that time in the morning. So when I get there, I leave the car and the car park and run around a bit.22. Lost（ 4、46、 、 ）1. She is gone.2. She is lost.3. Whats her appearance?4. Whats up?5. Whats wrong with you?6. Whats going on?7. Is it lost?8. D

250、ose it disappear?9. Could you do me a favor? Im a new comer.10.1 have my purse lost.Dialog 1W: Oh, no. Charlie, where is my purse?M: Dont you have it? Did you lose it?W: Yes, I did. I lost it. It disappeared.M: Myrdal, purse dont just disappear. Think carefully. When did you have it last?W: I had it

251、 when I left the house. I had it when we start to get the hotdog.M: OK. Let go back to the hotdog stand.Dialog 2M: May I help you?W: My daughter. She is missing. I dont know where she is.M: What does she look like?W: She has blond hair and blue eyes.M: What was she wearing?W: She has a yellow dress

252、on and red sneakers.M: When did you last see her?W: I just saw her down the street. I dont know where she is. I dont know.M: How long has it been?W: Oh, its been uh. fifteen minutes.Dialog 3M: Whats the matter, dear?W: Something awful happened. We went to the Portobello Road, and someone stole my ha

253、ndbag.M: Oh, dear. Did you lose a lot of money?W: No. Only a few pounds. But my passport was in the bag. That what Im really worry about.M: You must tell the embassy about it. And I think they UI issue you with a new one.W: Td better go tomoiTOw.M: No. But you mustnt leave it too long. Did you repor

254、t it the police?W: No. I couldnt find a policeman.M: Well. You must report that its been stolen. And give the police description of your bag. Youd better go to the local police station tomonow morning.W: Yes. Til do it tomorrow.M: And Lisa.W: Yes?M: Its not the end of the world.Dialog 4W: Excuse me.

255、 I lost my way. Could you tell me where the scholar cinema is, please?M: The Scholar? Let me see. Oh. yes, Of course I know. ItJs in the Lincoln Square.W: Is that near here?M: Oh, yes. Ils just a few minutes block. Turn left at the traffic light, and youll see it.W: Thank you very much.Dialog 5W: Iv

256、e lost my purse.M: Oh, dear. What was in it?W: All my money.M: Well. Go to the police station and see if its there.Dialog 6M: Excuse me. Tm a stranger here and lost my way.W: Can I help you?M: Sure. Can I get to the central department stall this way?W: uh.Yes. Turn right, then take the second turnin

257、g on your left.M: Is it far?W: Its about fifteen minutes, walk. Thats all.M: And do you know where the national bank is?W: Yes. Its on this street. Keep walking for two blocks and its on the corner on the right.M: Thanks very much.W: You are welcome. Good luck.M: Thank you. I wont miss it.The police

258、 are looking for one M-marine shepherd aged 26, who has been missing from her home in Cleveland since September 14th. She is five feet six inches with some braid hair,blue eyes and a fair complexion. She is of medium build. When last seen, she is wearing a pale blue dress and a green overcoat. Anyon

259、e knowing the whereabouts of this person isrequested to contact the nearest police station.23. Necessity（ 4、37、 ）1. It is necessary that you should learn from him.2. It is not necessary for you to come to school on Sundays.3. He needs to go and see his teacher.4 .1 neednt go to work on holidays.5. Y

260、ou dont need to know about chemistry and youre never need to.6. It is necessary for me to buy a TV set.7. We need to know how he got into a flap.8. What do you have to do every day?9. What dont you have to do on Sundays?10. Have you done anything that wasnt necessary?Dialogue 1M: Do I need a visa?W:

261、 No, I shouldnt think so. But you must take your passport of course.M: Yes, I know. I must get my travelers check and some foreign currency.W: Yes, you need the travelers check but you neednt get any foreign currency. You can have my US Dollars, I dont need them.M: Really? Thats very good of you, He

262、len. But I must get a new suitcase, my old one needs repairing.W: You neednt buy one. You can have mine.M: Thats very kind of you, Helen. I hope you dont mind my leaving you like this. I need a holiday. It wont be long.W: Dont be silly, John. Im going with you. Its necessary for me to have a holiday

263、 too.Dialuque 2W: Hi, Mr. James, whats the rush?M: The bank closes in 30 minutes and I need to cash a check.W: I can lend you some money.M: Thanks. But its necessary for me to buy a TV set.W: Can I help you in anyway?M: You can take me to the bank if you want to.W: Sure. Lets go.Dialogue 3M: I reall

264、y need a new pair of trousers.W: Do you?M: Yes, I do. This one is very old now.W: They look all right to me.M: Theyre not all right. Theyre uncomfortable and they look terrible.W: All right. All right.Dialogue 4W: Hi, how?re you doing?M: Terrible.W: Oh, whats the matter?M: fve got a fever and really

265、 a bad headache.W: Oh, Ihats too bad. Why don?t you take some aspirin?M: Tve already tried some but it didnt help.W: Well, its necessary for you to see a doctor.M: Yeah, I guess I should.W: Well, youd better get some rest.M: Thank you very much.W: Bye.Dialogue 5M: Are you looking for something?W: Ye

266、ah. I cant find my pen.M: Donl woiry. I will help you.W: Oh, my God. I neednt have to look for it. I did it for nothing.M: Why?W: Because its in my pocket.Dialogue 6M: Youre late, Miss Mary. Youre late, arent you?W: Oh, yes. You know, I had to wait ages for a bus.M: I didnt have to wait at all?W: So

267、, youre very lucky.M: A bus came just as I went to the stop.I love Allen like a brother and except for the times when were debating on the court, were great friends. It doesnt necessarily mean that we share the same interests, same CDs,same cloths, etc. A friend doesn?t have to be perfect. We get al

268、ong well with each other because we both say whats on our minds. Of course, we disagree from time to time. Itsnecessary for friends to disagree since a helpful discussion enlightens our minds. We dont have to keep peace all the time. But as a necessity, we should respect each other as aperson.24. Ob

269、ligation(3 49 x)1. Youre supposed to do your homework before 5:00.2 .1 have to finish my homework first.3. You must do it right now.4. You ought to have your breakfast first.5. You should do it first.6. Are we required to work out the plan today?7. Is there any need for us to get a visa?8.1 think it

270、 is necessary.9 .1 dont really think you want to.10. Im obliged to offer my resignation.Dialogue 1Ml: Well, Peter, you have to do better than that next time, wont you?M2: Have I really got to do those exams again, Dad?Ml: Of course, you have. You must try harder this time.M2: And must I go back to s

271、chool?M1: No, you neednl do that. Youd better get a part-time job somewhere and go to evening classes.M2: But Dad, I should be working full-time at my age. Im nearly 17.Ml: You ought to have worked harder then you wouldnt have failed your exaMs. You have to take a job and study.M2: What else Fve got

272、 to do? Join the army?Ml: Who knows! That might come to later.Dialogue 2W: Do I have to write the invitation cards?M: No, you dont have to. But I think you ought to.W: Oh, well. If I must, I must.Dialogue 3W: You know, you really ought to get a new pair of jeans. Those are falling to pieces.M: But t

273、his is how I like them, Mum. Theyre just beginning to look right.W: Well, youd better get another pair for work at least or your sacking on the sport.Dialogue 4M: Howre you today?W: Pretty good, thanks. And you?M: Whats the main idea in this essay?W: The United Nations should have more authority.Dia

274、logue 5W: What?re you doing now?M: Im watching TV.W: Youre supposed to clean your teeth before you go to bed.M: I will.W: And dont ever forget it.Dialogue 6M: Betty, something is burning. Can you smell it?W: Youre right.M: Look! The iron is still on.W: I should have tumed it off. Til turn it off now

275、.M: Look at my nice blue shirt, theres a big hole in it.W: Im sorry, Jim.M: Never mind, dear.I have some obligations today. I should copy these sentences, add this figures, but I dont feel like it. Then my mother comes back. She complains she also has some obligations. Sheought to tidy the room, dus

276、t the furniture, polish the floor and cook meal. My father is no exception either. Hes supposed to wash the car, repair the fence and post these letters.What a busy day!25. Offer（ 3、36、 、）1. Can I offer you a little gift?2. Please take it.3. Thats for you.4. Will you have a drink?5. Would you like s

277、ome oranges?6. Its exactly what I wanted.7 .1 love song.8. Can I help you with that?9. Can I help you prepare the dinner?10. Perhaps I could insist someway.Dialoe 1W: Would you like me to type it for you?M: Yes, please. That would be a great help. Are you sure you dont mind?W: Not at all. Til be gla

278、d to do it.M: Thank you very much.W: Shall I right out again first?M: No, theres no need.W: Can I print it?M: No, dont bother. Its all right as it is.Dialog 2M: Shall I get you another cup of coffee?W: Yes, please. That is very kind of you.M: Shall I make more sandwiches?W: No, thanks. Tve had plent

279、y.Dialog 3W: I am so busy today.M: Can I help you?W: Im not sure. Perhaps you could do the shopping.M: Til be glad to help.W: Or maybe make the beds.M: All you have to do is ask for help.W: Thanks. Thats terrific!M: Im ready and willing to help.Dialog 4M: Would you like something to eat?W: Thank you

280、. No. Im late for dinner at my house. I really have to go.M: Would you like to call home?W: Td appreciate that.M: Please use the phone.W: Thanks.Dialog 5M: Can 1 give you a lift home, Mrs. Word?W: That is very kind of you, Mr. Lee. Thank you.M: Could you hold my umbrella when I get my keys out, plea

281、se?W: Of course. Ws a terrible night, isnt it?M: Dreadful. There, the door is open now.W: Thank you.Dialog 6M: Cigarette?W: Oh, uh. Thanks. Henry, do you have a light?M: Sorry, here.W: Thanks. Lovely day. Pity Im on duty.M: Til stand in with you if you like. Fve got nothing else to do.W: Oh, no. I c

282、ouldnt possibly.Im so hungry that I could eat a horse now. My girlfriend offers me to go the cafeteria. But I dont like stand in a line. Then she suggests the we can sit the hamburger stand aroundthe comer. I do think thats a good idea. And we can get some drink there. Such as CocaCola or something.

283、 However I like something hot. Besides suppose we go and get somehamburgers first, and then make some coffee at the office.26. Opinion(455ss)1. How do you like working here?2. What do you feel?3. Whats your opinion?4. Whats your view?5. As far as Im concerned, I think, sport is good for you.6. In my

284、 view, we all have secrets.7. Personally, I see it good to invite him.8. I consider nobody can avoid being influenced by advertisement.9 .1 have nothing to say about the event.10. Do you think so?Dialogue 1W: You honestly believe the worlds improving eveiy year?M: Yes, I do. I think that science is

285、making us wiser. What do you think?W: I dont think youre right there.M: I believe industry is making us wealthier.W: I dont believe that.M: And in my opinion, medicine is making us healthier.W: I agree with you in the sense. But were all more miserable than ever, arent we?M: I dont agree with you. I

286、 maintain that were healthier, wealthier and wiser than we were a hundred years ago.W: Thats your opinion not mine.Dialogue 2W: Have you ever watched Beijing OperaM: Yes, I watched once.W: What do you think of it?M: Well, honestly speaking, I went to watch it out of curiosity. Fd say its really a sp

287、ecial art form.W: I couldnt agree more. Actually, Tm a Beijing Opera fan.M: Really? Good for you.Dialogue 3M: I hear youre taking a music class. I didnt know youre interested in it.W: Oh, Tm not. Tve never had a music class before.M: In my opinion, youll make it.W: Youre having me on again.M: No, Im

288、 serious.Dialogue 4W: Jimmy, Id like to wear this robe for tonight cocktail party. What do you think of it?M: Dont dress like that. Youll make fool yourself. You look stupid in that robe.W: What? But it is my favorite piece of clothing.M: Maybe it is. But its out of fashion.W: What am I going to do?

289、M: Lets go downtown and pick up some fashionable clothes for you.Dialogue 5W: What do you make of the case?M: If you ask me, I dont think its guilty.W: What do you mean by saying so?M: I mean ils not his fault.W: Oh, yeah?M: Yes. Dont you think, he should be pitied rather than accused?Dialogue 6M: W

290、hen in Rome, do as the Romans do, they say.W: What do you mean?M: Roman is living in Rome, of course. And go to work by car, or bus, or on foot.W: I think the Romans do what everyone else does.M: Certainly.W: And Roman really loves life. He knows how to enjoy himself.M: Not always. But they like goo

291、d meal.W: Really?M: How can I go there to have a taste?W: By air of course.Dialogue 7M: What would you reckon the taxing increases?W: WelL the state will benefit a lot, I suppose.M: But what do most people think about it?W: Ah, its hard to say.The bell has rang and its time for English class, but th

292、e teacher hasnt come. There is a stir in the classroom. Some students are getting a little worried about their English teacher.She should have showed up for class by now. Some students wouldnt be concerned, because they think she must have got stuck in traffic. And others believe she might have been

293、detained by some emergencies. But theyre not so sure. The monitor says, now, dont jump to conclusions. Fm positive shell show up for class soon. * After these words, the classcalm down a little.27. Permission（ 58、 ）1. Anybody mind if I take the position?2.1 thought rd use the dictionary.3. Would you

294、 allow me to park here?4. Any chance of meeting the professor?5. Do I have your permission?6. By all means.7. Please dont hesitate to do that.8. Yes, I guess so.9. Fm afraid I cant let you.10.1 cant possibly lend you my camera.Dialog 1W: May I come in, Mr. Sun?M: Id rather you didnt, Miss Yang. Fm v

295、ery busy now.W: Can I try later then?M: Yes, of course.(An hour later.)W: Is it all right for me to come in now, Mr. Sun?M: Well, uh.Im still pretty busy, but. all right. Come in. What can I do for you?W: Do you mind if I sit down?M: Not at all. Take a seat. Now what can I do for you?W: I want to le

296、ave the department. Do you think I could put info a transfer?M: Yes. But why should you want to do that?W: Do you mind if I speak frankly?M: Not at all. Go ahead.W: Well. You see, I dont like the office. I dont like the staff. And Im afraid of you. And I dont want to go one. So may I put info a tran

297、sfer?M: Yes. Td be delighted if you did.Dialoc 2M: Can I leave early today?W: Sure. I dont mind.M: And can I come in late tomorrow?W: I dont see why not.M: And may I take Friday off?W: Go ahead. It?s OK with me.M: One more thing. Would you give me a ten-dollar raise?W: No.Dialog 3I wonder ifl could

298、possibly boiTOw two bikes from the shop tomorrow? Ill take actual care of them. I promise you.Well. All right, Mark. Just this once. But you have to pick them up yourself. Tm a very busy man.Oh, thats all right. Its very kind of you. Can I come around now?rd rather you didnt come immediately as I sa

299、id Im very busy at the moment. Come after lunch, Mark.Dialog 4M: Do you think I could use your car tomorrow? Ive got a date with this girl, see? And.W: I see. Well, now you can have it as long as you bring it back by 9:30.M: 9:30? Thats no good. Couldnt I have it a bit longer? Even ifl fill up the t

300、ank?W: Tm afraid not, Nick. Thats the best I can do.Dialog 5M: Mum, can I finish my homework later?W: Sorry. You know the niles.M: But I want to watch TV now.W: Thats out of the question.M: Please.W: Not a chance.M: Not even for an hour?W: Sony, its impossible.Dialoe 6W: What? You want to leave earl

301、y?M: Yes. Can I?W: Do you really need to?M: Yes. Is it OK with you?W: Is it important?M: Yes. Do you mind?W: You really have to?M: Yes. Will you let me?W: I guess so.Dialog 7M: Good morning. Can I see Mr. Jackson, please?W: Well. Have you got his permission?M: Yes. We have an appointment at eight oc

302、lock.W: Whats your name, please?M: Robert. Philips Robert.Well, rd like to see something about myself. I studied Japanese at university. Then I got a job with advertising agency as a secretary. In 2000,1 went to abroad with a friend. Then Iworked for a company which sold books and paintings. I was s

303、till single at 28. Then my parents started to worry. I was very interested in Jazz and I met my boyfriend at a Jazz club.My parents didnt want their daughter to marry a foreigner. Without their peimission, I gave up. But I still thought of it.28. possibility and impossibility(4X3r )1. In all likelih

304、ood, I think this team will win.2. There is no likelihood of his coming again.3. It seems hardly likely that they will agree with you.4 .1 guess hell fail the exam.5. Is there any possibility of their success?6. Theyre predicting a good harvest this year.7. Theres a much probability that he can be s

305、aved.8.1 suppose he could have gone to Europe.9. Maybe he has too much money.10. Who do you think will win the game?Dialoe 1M: Im sure it will be wet when we arrive.W: Yes. I dare say it will be.M: It will be Sunday so I expected everything will be closed.W: No. I dont think ihals possible. Some pla

306、ces are sure to be open.M: But the bank should be closed so we shouldnt to be able to get some money.W: Mmm, you may be right.M: Do you think well need our overcoats?W: No. We couldnt possibly.M: Why not?W: It will be summer. So it will be hot.M: Is that very likely in England?W: Yes. It could happe

307、n.Dialog 2W: Sam, what shall I do with my stocks? Wil I lose money?M: Theres a possibility.W: What do you mean by that?M: I mean if you dont sell your shares now, its quite likely that youll end up losing your shirt.W: Is that so?M: Absolutely. Take my word for it.Dialog 3M: This cake tastes terribl

308、e. Tm sorry. Let me get something else to eat.W: Well. ItJs not too bad. But you may have used too much flour.M: 1 dont think so. Tm sure I used two cups.W: Well. Perhaps youve left it in the oven for too long.M: Yes. I might have.Dialoe 4W: I cant find my purse. Have you seen it?M: No, I havent.W:

309、Ive looked everywhere for it. I must have left it somewhere. I hope I havent lost it.M: Perhaps you left that at school.W: No, I had it when I left school this afternoon.M: Well. Didnt you go around to the Smith after school? YDU might have left it there.W: Yes, Td better give her a call now.M: But

310、she cant be home now. She might have gone to the library.W: Perhaps I should call her later.Dial。 口 5W: Waiter, Pm afraid you must have calculated my bill wrong.M: Theres a possibility. Fil check it.W: Thank you.M: Thats all right. Til be right back.Dialog 6M: Lisa, Fve been thinking of something.W:

311、 What is it?M: Well. Tve done a lot of business for my company. And now I feel like going into business for myself.W: Do you mean you want to sell up your company of your own?M: Theres a possibility. What do you say?W: Thats not a bad idea. Bet after all you should get some sound financial guarantee

312、.As you are a student of English, it is very likely that you will be interested in England. Thals where the language was first spoken. Bet England is often called by other names. Thisoften confuses people. And I wonder if you know what these names actually mean. So what Id like to tell you about now

313、 is this matter of names. I believe youve heard people usethe names English, Britain or Great Britain. And perhaps youve also heard people talk about the British Ireland.29. Praise(3x2T )1) I really must express my admiration for your talent.2) She is a boring singer.3) If I may say so, your hair st

314、yle is really charming.4) You do have a good command of English.5) He commended her for her sei Hess action.6) I love your ring. It looks so elegant.7) May I say how enchanting you look!8) I do envy you. You got such a good wife9) Im flattered.10) It*s so sweet of you to say so.Dialogue 1W: Your kno

315、wledge of English is really surprising.M: Oh, ifs nothing to speak of.W: No, seriously. Tm impressed.M: Thank, you. I appreciate the compliment.Dialogue 2M: Good morning, Joans.W: Good morning, Mr. Smith.M: I would like to compliment you on your diligence.W: Well, thank you, Mr. Smith. But I was jus

316、t doing my job.M: Yes. And we*re proud of you, Joans.W: It*s nice of you to say so.Dialogue 3W: What did you think of the film?M: I liked it. I thought it was great.W: Yes, I liked it, too. Did you like the acting?M: Yes. I thought it was excellent. Didnt you?W: Not really. I thought it was disappoi

317、nting.M: Ifs a nice cinema, isn*t it?W: Do you think so? I dont like it very much. I found it rather uncomfortable.Dialoque 4M: Professor, Tve handed in my paper. Did you read it?W: Yes. Youve done a good job. But iheres one thing. You should nanow down your topic.M: What about Mwater pollution1 ins

318、tead of pollution?W: Well done!Dialogue 5Wl: I just love your hair that way.W2: Thanks.Wl: Where did you have it done?W2: My sister did it. When did you get yours cut?Wl: Just yesterday. Tm still getting used to it.W2: Well, it looks very nice.Wl: Thanks.Susan is a very popular girl among her classm

319、ates. She has an out-going personality, and she is friendly and understanding. Although she has a lot of ideas and opinions of her own,she always listens to other peoples points of view, and never tries to force her opinions on other people. Susan has been living in this flat for the past two years.

320、 She always takes thelead in organizing events, and shes popular with everyone in the dormitory. She has a happy way of getting in almost everyone to work with her, and would I think, make anexcellent president of the student body.30. Preference(5v 37v)1. Do you like fried sausages better?2. Do you

321、like pears better than apples?3. Do you prefer the red one or the green one?4. Would you rather stay here or go back home?5. What*s your favorite movie star?6. As far as Im concerned, the best color is red.7 .1 enjoy watching TV.8. From my point of view, the best choice is to support them.9 .1 must

322、say I have strong preference for classical music.10. Rather than spend hours at the kitchen sink, I prefer to buy a dish washer.Dialogue 1M:Shall we have some soup first?W:No, thank you. I dont like soup. Td rather have some fruit juice to start with.M:Ok, and what about the main course? Which would

323、 you rather havefish or meat?W:Meat, I think.M:Dont you like fish then?W:I do, but I want meat.M:Shall we have some white wine then?W:Yes, but I prefer red wine with meat.M:What would you like for dessert?w:I just want to have a coffee, I think.M:Fine, and after dinner, shall we go to a disco?W:No,

324、thanks. Td like to go straight home. Tm very tired.Dialogue 2W:I have to go up to London for a couple of days next week. Would you like to come?M:That would be nice. How are you getting there?W:Well, I prefer to go on the train, but I suppose you want me to take the car.M:Oh, I much prefer to go by

325、car, then we dont need to get to the station with our luggage and.W:And fve got to drive. You know Im not fond of that. I found it much more relaxing to sit in the train.M:Which is more expensive?W:But very much quicker. But I know well never agree on this subject. You prefer the car. I prefer the t

326、rain.M:Have you ever thought of going by express bus?Dialogue 3M:There are so many record players here. That is hard to choose.W:Look at this one. It has a radio and cassette player and built in speakers.M:Td rather get one with separated speakers. They give a clear soundW: Yes, but we shouldn*t get

327、 anything too big. Remember it has to fit in with our living room furniture.M:Thats right. Now this one looks alright? Its a hetachee or do you prefer this one? It*s sony.W:Lets have the salesmen for a demonstrationDialogue 4W:Hello, Kith, can you and Alice come around this evening? We prefer your c

328、oming.M： I think we would be able to make it. What time shall we come?W:About 7 oclockM:Shall we bring anything? Some wine?W:No, not really. Just bring yourselves. We would like to your presence.Dialogue 5W:Yes, sir. May I help you?M:Please Id like a ticket to New York.W:For today?M:No, early Saturd

329、ay morning.W:We have a flight that well put you there at ten AM. Is that ok?M:Nothing earlier? I prefer flight al 9:30.W:Im afraid not, unless you want a night flight.M:No, exactly notW:How about aftemoon?M:Sounds not good. I wont take it.Dialogue 6M:Do you prefer reading or watching TV?W:Oh, I dont

330、 like either. I prefer doing nothing.M:Do you prefer painting or dancing?W:Oh, I prefer painting, really.Dialogue 7W:Are you ready to order? May I suggest a vealM:No, Til have the fish please.W:The chicken is also nice.M:No, I want the fish.W:Our special tonight is lobster.M:Thank you, but I prefer

331、the fishW:Perhaps youd enjoy the lambM:No, I like the fish.W:What ever do you say?Welk if you accept that, you know, there have to be schools. It seems to work fairly efficiently. Of course, one of our great problems in American is that we have very large classesand I have preference for ten. Hum, i

332、t will be very nice we could reduce that by at least half instead of there being 40 children in class, so that each child gets more individualattention31. Prohibition。57、)1. You mustnt speak to your dad rudely.2. Dont be angry with me.3. Get out of my house, and dont come back.4. Stand & stare.5. Do

333、nt touch that.6. Keep off the paint.Dialogue 1W:Take care, Peter. Dont run so fast. Are you tired?M:Oh, yes. May I sit on the grass?W:No, you mustnt sit on the grass. Dont you see the notes?M:Yes, I can see it. But whats on it ?W:It says Keep off the grass!M:Well, there a bench under the tree. We ca

334、n sit there.W:Be careful. You cant smoke here.M:Why not?W:Can*t you see the notes there? It says * No smoking here1.Dialogue 2W:Excuse me, sir?M:Yes?W:Tm afraid you cant smoke here.M:Why not?W:Can*t you see the notes here?M:Im sorry. I cant. What does the note say.W:It says 1 No smoking.M:Sony Im ve

335、ry near sighted.Dialogue 3W:How beautiful the flower is!M:Really, its so beautiful.W:You like it. Well, Til gather in for you.M:You mustnt pick it in this place.W:Where it is?M:Its a private garden.Dialogue 4M:Are you going out again?W:Yes, Fm going to the cinema, dad.M:You mustnt go to bed very lat

336、e. Can you be home before nine.W:Oh, I wont be back so early. The film will be over at nine. Can I have the key to the bicycle?M:No. I wont let you ride a bicycle late at night.W:Oh, dad, Im not a child. Fm 17 already. TH come back as soon as the film is over.M:OK. Heres the key. Take care.W:I will.

337、 Thank you, dad.Dialogue 5W:You mustnt touch the wet paint, Bill.M:Tm sorry. I wont do it again.W:Try to be more careful in future. Look! youve damaged the sign.M:Is this the sign? What does it says?W:It says No smoking here,.Dialogue 6W:Come here at once, John. Will you?M:Yes, mum. Im coming.W:And

338、bring you homework with you, please.M:Oh, must I?W:Yes, you must. Youll not too be lazy. Good morning ladies and gentlemen, welcome aboard the luxury cruse bus to Dallas and Atlanta. Well schedule to amve in Dallas at1:45 this afternoon. We should amve in Atlanta at 1:45 tomorrow morning. Please rem

339、ember the number of you bus for reboading. That number is 3224. This coach is airconditioned. Cigarettes are not permitted and smoking of any other material is also prohibited. As is the drinking of alcohol dehydrogenase. Thank you for traveling with us. Havea pleasant trip.32. Promise(4v16vv)1) I p

340、romise you that Ill never be late again.2) I assure you.3) Have my word.4) I assure you that youll pass next time.5) Let me assure you that your service is quite satisfying.6) ril keep my promise that you can go with me next time.7) She has made a promise that shell bring us some of her pictures.8)

341、She gave a promise that the product can be relumed back if it is not good enough.9) I wont break my promise.10) My parents promised him to buy him a bike.Dialogue 1W: Tom, you promised to cut the lung. You wont forget, will you?M: No, I assure you.W: And youll repair the television, wont you?M: Ok.W

342、: Do you promise?M: Of course.W: And Tom, you will help Johnny with his homework, wont you?M: Til see. I will if I can but I wont promise.W: But youll promise not to be late for dinner tonight, wont you?M: Yes. But only if you ask me nicely.W: Tom, darling. Youll try not to be late for dinner tonigh

343、t, wont you? Please!M: Ok. Fil keep my promise.Dialogue 2W: Mark, you are not telling me the truth. Now why?M: Promise you are not going to be angry?W: Yes, all right. So why? Go on then. Say it. Oh, really, Mark. I promise Im not going to be angry. Now why were you late?M: I forgot.W: You forgot? Y

344、ou.M: Ah, ah, you promised, and remember?Dialogue 3M: They promised us a sea view.W: Well, you can just see the sea. Between the factory chimneys.M: Isnt it awful? I cant bear to look at it. I dont think I can stand this place for two weeks.W: Well, it cant be helped. Well just have to put up with i

345、t.Dialogue 4W: Did you promise me to get the bread?M: Well, I remember walking pass the baker shop.W: But you forgot to get the bread.M: Tm afraid so. I dont remember you telling me about it.W: Well, I certainly did.M: What would you let me do now?W: You are free. You can go now.M: Really? You are s

346、o kind.W: Til do with the cake.M: No. Thats not enough. Tve got some cereal.Dialogue 5M: My word, you do look ill!W: Im quite out of thoughts recently.M: You seem to have something on mind. Promise me, go to see the doctor right now.W: Im worrying about my exam.M: A piece of cake. Youll be successfu

347、l.Yesterday the sunshine, and it got quite hot. I decided to put on my light green summer skirt. But I got a shock. Really, its a big shock! Promise me, I could not put it on exactly. Itwas too small. It is possible that they got smaller during the winter, but I do not think so. Im afraid I got bigg

348、er. So Im going on a diet. I am going to lose some weight. Otherwise, Iam an idiot.33. Refusal(4 05 x)1. I wish I would, but David is coming this evening.2. Td like to but my husband wouldn?t like it.3. Id rather not.4. Im terribly sorry, I dont think I can.5. Thank you very much for asking me but I

349、 feel rather tired.6. Thats really not necessary.7. Thats very kind of you but I have an appointment Friday evening.8. SoiTy I cant, but thanks anyway.9. Thank you but I wont be able to come to meet your fiiend.10. Unfortunately I have to attend a conference that day.Dialogue 1M: Were going to the m

350、ovies. Will you join us?W: Im very sorry I cant.M: Why not?W: Im afraid I have some business to attend to.M: Then would you like to have lunch with us?W: Id love to but I have to help John with his math problems right now.M: Would you like me to give you a lift?W: No, thanks. His home is not far and

351、 I can walk there.M: Come on. Its no trouble at all.W: Ok, thank you.Dialogue 2W: How have you been?M: Fine, thank, you.W: And hows everyone in your family?M: Very well, thank you. Tm meeting my wife and daughter for lunch at 12:00, would you care to join us?W: Id love to but Im afraid I cant Ive al

352、ready got a lunch engagement.Dialogue 3M: Why dont you sit down and relax, darling?W: I dont want to.M: Well, come and talk to me then.W: Certainly not.M: May I turn on the radio then?W: Turn on the radio? What for?M: So that we can sit down together and listen to some music.W: Listen to some music?

353、 And wholl cook dinner? Will you?M: Ok, I will. But let,s go to a disco after dinner.W: To a disco? Oh, no. You know I hate pop.Dialogue 4W: Write down your name here in ink.M: But I dont have a pen with me. May I use a pencil?W: Tm afraid a pencil wont do. Wait a moment, Fil find you one.Dialogue 5

354、M: I must be going now.W: Really? Cant you stay a little longer?M: No, I really must go now. My family are expecting me home soon.W: Be seeing you then.M: See you.Sometimes its hard for us to make a refusal. Shall we tell the truth frankly or express our refusal in around about way. For example, sup

355、pose a friend wants to bonow some moneyfrom you, and you say, I could help you but Im short of cash right now. 9 In fact, youre not short of cash, but your friend is in the habit of forgetting to pay his debts and you dontwant to hurt his feelings by reminding him of this. Another example, your frie

356、nd invites you to see a movie that doesnt interest you, would you tell him, 4 dont like it, or just say,Td like to go but I have an important appointment tonight?34. Reluctance(320V K)1.1 didnt really want to give up my job.2 .1 dont think I cant actually.3 .1 wish I could, but I have an appointment

357、 this afternoon.。4. Td like to be able to, but I dont have enough money.5. Tm afraid I cant6. Well, I think I prefer not to work home.7. Fd like to, but its too far away.8.1 wouldnt be willing.9. Fm not really willing to spend the evening there.10. Well, Til be rather reluctant to go dancing.Dialogu

358、e 1W: John, why dont you go and do some gardening ? The lawn needs weeding.M: Because Im not in the mood, thats why.W: Well, dont just sit there, do something. Come and help me in the kitchen.M: Help you in the kitchen, I dont feel like it.W: Would you like to clear the table then?M: Really? Do I ha

359、ve to do it?W: Not, if you dont want to.M:Well, isnt there anything you want?W: Yes, I want to go out. Would you like to come?M:No, why should I? I dont feel like it. Besides, Fm in such a bad mood.Dialogue 2W: Do you love me?M: Im very fond of you.W:Yes, but do you love me ?M: why? You mean a lot t

360、o me.W: why didnt you answer my question?M:what question?W: Do you love me ? come on. Pm eager to hear.M: you know that I care for you. I- Im proud of you.W: Dont cherish your words, dear.M: I 一I dont feel like saying itDialogue 3W: OK. Come back into the classroom, class.M: Does the class start aga

361、in, Mam?W: Yes, but to the heath, this break has long enough.M:Oh, break time flies.W: come on, baby. Its time now.M: Mam, another minute, could I?W: Hurry up, little boy.This morning, I met Alice. She looked sad and miserable. I just invited her to look me up this weekend, so we can have a chat, bu

362、t she refused the idea, and would like to be alone.So I just asked her to go with me to the beach and enjoy. But she is reluctant to go and just answer me that she is tired, exhausted and even couldnt move, then she added that shesgot much work to fulfill and had to look after her mother-in-law.35.

363、Rememberance(4vT )1. Can you recall your schooldays?2. Dont you remember the heavy snow last Christmas?3. Have you forgotten your first visit to my parents?4. Cant you remember when they got married?5. Could I ask if you remember his telephone number?6 .1 was wondering whether perhaps you could reco

364、llect where you got it.7 .1 remember quite clearly.8. What I can remember is nobody was in the room at that time.9 .1 *m sorry, Ive completely forgotten where I found it!10.1 have no memory of the exact words.Dialogue OneA:The Johnsons are on their way back. You remember them, dont you?B:Johnson?I c

365、ant place them.A: We met them in Bermuda last May.B:Theyve completely slipped my mind.A:The couple with the dogs think back.B:No, I dont recall a thing about them.A:Weil, Tve invited them for brunch.B:Hmm, I must be getting absent-minded.Dialogue TwoA:It*s terrible how things have changed. You remem

366、ber there used to be trees on all these hills.B:Really?There arent many left now.A:No, theyve all been cut down and now all the soil is washing away.B:Were there any animals in the forest?A:Yes, I can remember it very well that there used to be all sorts of animals and birds. But nowadays you just d

367、ont see the birds that you used to see around here.Dialogue ThreeA:Whats the matter with you, then? You look miserable.B:Ifs us.A:What do you mean by usu?B:Well, we used to talk to each other before we were married. Remember?A:What do you mean? We Ye talking now, arent we?B:Oh, yes, but we used to d

368、o so much together.A:Yes. I remember. But we never used to argue. You used to think I was wonderful. Where are you going?B:Back to live with my parents. Thats something else I used to do before we were married. Remember?Dialogue FourA:Well, thank you. Mr. Parry, for all your information. Just one mo

369、re question.B:Yes, sir?A:Do you play any sports or games?B:I used to play football regularly when I was at university. And I used to do atheletics in the summer.A:And what atheletics did you play? Can you remember?B:I was a runner a long-distance runner.A:And now?B:No. Tm afraid I havent had time si

370、nce I got married.A: Well, thank you again for coming to see us. But just remember that we like people who join the company to play in the company sports teaMs.B:Certainly, sir.刮目相看Mary Smith is a tall, beautiful girl now. She has changed a great deal in the last five years. She used to be very fat,

371、 but now she is slim. She usually went to the dancing hall for fun,but now she often stays home. I remembered seeing her in unattractive clothes, but now she is particular about her clothes. Whenever and whenever she appears, she attracts almosteverybodys attention.36. Repetition 重述（ 4、 37、 、 ）1. Co

372、uld you repeat that, please?2. Could you say that again, please?3. Im afraid I didnt quite hear what you said.4. Please say it again.5. Please say it once more.6. Would you repeat what you said, please?7. Sorry, what did you say?8. Im sorry, would you mind repeating that, please?9. I was just asking

373、 when youYe leaving.10. What Im trying to say is, I love you.Dialogue OneA:I went to the doctor yesterday.B:I beg your pardon?A:I said I had been to the doctor the day before.B:What did he say?A:He said Id got the flu.B:Oh dear! What did he tell you to do?A:He told me to stay in bed for ten days.B:T

374、en days? Would you please repeat it again?A:Yes, ten days.Dialogue TwoA:What dressing would you like on the salad?B:French dressing, please.A:I beg your pardon?B:Oh, French dressing.A: Sorry, its not available now. Anything else?B:We still prefer French dressing.A:Will you say it again?B:Whos your m

375、anager? Tell me! Would you?Dialogue ThreeA:Could you tell me what university you want to go to, John?B: Pardon?A:What university would you enter?B:University?Why?You asked me last year.A:Oh, I forget. Sorry.B:I went to Harvard University.A:Did you? And what course did you take there?B:God save me! I

376、s there anything wrong with you? Didnt I tell you?A:Fve not known. Perhaps, Fve got a bad memory.B:I did a B. A. in economics. Remember?A:Terrific!B. A ., again and again-B. A.Dialogue FourA:I like pop music very much.B:What?A:I said I like pop music very much. Its so lovely.B:Is it?Dialogue FiveA:E

377、r. . . Alison?B:Ohm, hello, Marcia. I was.A:I just wanted to congratulate you! I mean, it was a good race and you deserve to win.B:Well. thanks Marcia. Its very nice of you to say so. I mean.A:It was that final sprint! You were great! Really!B:Do you really think so? I mean, was I? Er. . . you. must

378、 be disappointed.Dialogue SixA:Have you bought a lot of new clothes for your vacation?B: No, I havent. Pve decided Im going to travel very light this time.A:What does travel light mean?B:Oh!It means that Im going to take only a few clothes, so I didnt have to carry a heavy suitcase.健忘的餐厅服务员At a rest

379、aurant, my husband and I had a waitress who was just now on the job. Four minutes after taking out order, she returned to say soiry, will you tell me again? ” And then shecame back with nothing. We made another selection, but my husbands choice was sold out after she came back again. We ordered a th

380、ird time. Ten minutes later she appeared,looking nervous. n I forgot to put your order in. She frankly admitted. So we had no way just to wait for a fourth time. We couldnt imagine how many times we could enjoy ourmeal.37. Reproach 责备（ 4、 21、 ）1. Aren you ashamed of your selfish behavior?2. How can

381、you do that to him?3. How would you be so rude?4. What do you think youre doing ?5. Why didnt you tell me the truth?6. You might at least sweep the floor.7. You shouldnt have left early.8. Cant you be serious for once?9. How dare you speak to me like that?10. Im afraid you have to right to be so rud

382、e.Dialogue OneA: Why didnt you tell me you had a girlfriend?B: Sorry, I thought you knew.A:But you should have told me you were in love with her.B:Didnt I?A: You know you didnt.B:Well, Tm telling you now.A: Yes, but you might have told me before.B:I didnt think youd be interested.A: You cant be seri

383、ous. How dare you not tell me you were going to marry her?B:Sorry, I didnt think it mattered.A:Oh, you men! Youre all the same.Dialogue TwoA:Would you like a cup of coffee?B:Yes. That would be good.A:Oh, no.B: Whats the matter?A:This machine is out of order.B:Ybu shouldnt have used the machine. Did

384、you lose your money?A:I sure did.B:Ybu ought to complain. These machine are always out of order.Dialogue ThreeA:Listen, the heating is broken in my room. When are you going to come and fix it?B:Fm sorry to hear that, sir. Til get someone right away.A:Youd better do it quickly. Its freezing up there.

385、 And my rooms a disgrace. You should have fixed it beforehand.B:Well, Fil speak to the housekeeper about it, sir, but Pm sure.Dialogue FourA:Mike!Look at the floor!B:Whats wrong with it?A:Whats wrong with it? Its filthy!B:Oh.A:Ifs filthy because you never wipe your shoes.B:Sorry, love.A: What are yo

386、u looking for now?B:My cigarettes.A:Well, they Ye not here. They are in the dustbin.B:In the dustbin! Why didnt you tell me before?Dialogue FiveA:My old man always harps on me.B:So does my father. Tm already used to it.A:But I cant bear it, John.B:How dare you say that? What they do is just for our

387、good.A: Yeah, but he really puts blame on me.Dialogue SixA:Whats this then?B: Its my geography, sir. The Map of Africa you set us.A:But this should have been handed in last Thursday.B:Yes, you know, sir. Tm sorry.A:WeIl, whats your excuse then?B:My mothers been ill and I had to stay at home.A:Oh, Ye

388、s?B:Ifs true, sir.空欢喜一场Not long ago I was invited out to dinner by a girl called Alley. I had met Alley once, and she was very very beautiful. I was flattered. nShe likes me, n I thought. But I was in for adisappointment. n Tm so soiTy we asked you at such short notice, she said when I arrived, but

389、we suddenly realized there were going to be thirteen people at the table, so we justhad to find somebody else. Dont reproach me I was not on purpose. It was too late to inform you.38. Request 请求(4、 42、 )1. Could you possibly let us know as soon as you decide?2. Can you wrap it for me, please?3. Do y

390、ou think you could possibly move your car forward a bit, please?4. Td like some cigarettes, please.5. Is there any chance of attending your lecture?6. Would you do me a favor?7 .1 would if I could.8. Id love to.9. Im sorry, but Im using it right now.10. No, Fm afraid I cant.Dialogue OneA: Waiter, br

391、ing me the menu, will you?B:Just a moment, Tm coming, (ten minutes later). Now, what would you like?A:Fd like to see the menu. Would you get me one, please?B:Yes, certainly. Here you are.A:Thank you. Ah! But this is in French. Would you mind giving me the English menu?B:It*s written in English too,

392、in smaller print. There.A:Thanks. Til need a while to choose. Could you come back in a minute?B:Right. (five minutes later) Now, what are you having?A:Fm sorry, I havent decided yet. Do you mind giving me a couple of minutes?B:AH right, but would you be so kind as to make up your mind soon? Were ver

393、y busy just nowDialogue TwoA:Thomas, would you be so kind as to lay the table for me? Im busy in the kitchen.B:Of course! Where are the things?A:They*re all here.B:Right!Ill do it straight away.A:Thanks a lot. Im most grateful.Dialogue ThreeA:Sorry. What was that you said?B： ril meet you at the Gate

394、 round about seven.A: Where?B:Al the Gate.A:When, did you say?B:Round about seven.A:Whos coming?B:Peter. Peter Brown, you know. Dont forget to bring the letter.A:Sorry. I didnt quite catch what you said. Theres a lot of noise outside.B:I told you not to forget to bring the letter.A:Loretta?No, she c

395、ant come, shes busy.Dialogue FourA:Could you just hold this for me?B:What are you doing? Is anything wrong?A:Yes, but Ive nearly fixed it. Just take it, will you?B:Oh, yes, of course. Tm sony-I wasnt thinking.Dialogue Fiveas you can see, sir.A:This is the Pan-American Club. May I help you?B:Yes. I b

396、elieve you have a luncheon meeting this coming Wednesday. Could you give me some more information about that?A:Yes, of course. The guest speaker is Professor David of a University, and hell be lecturing about The impact of the Oil Crisis on Latin America.nthat sounds very interesting.Dialogue SixA:I

397、fs very dark in here. Will you turn on the light?B:Okay. But our baby has fallen sleep.A:Then, turn on the lamp, please.B:But wheres the switch?Alts there by the window.瞎操心One cold day in winter, Mr. and Mrs. Smith decided to fly to the South for a vacation. Mrs. Smith packed their summer clothes ca

398、refully before they left home. When they werewaiting at the check-in counter. Mr. Smith began to question his wife about the things she had packed.n Did you remember my red bathing suit?* uCertainly, she answered. Youdidnt forget our sports shoes, did you? Of course not, she replied. There was a lon

399、g silence. n Whats wrong?* said Mrs. . Smith. I bet you didnt bring the tickets he requestedagain. * Of course I did.39. Satisfaction and Dissatisfaction 满意与不满意（ 422、 、 ）1. Is it what you wanted?2. Yes, its fine.3. Are they all right?4. Theyll do very nicely.5. Im afraid its not all what I wanted.6.

400、 Oh, dear!I cant possibly accept it.7. Is he satisfied with it?8. These are perfectly all right.9. Well, Tm not too happy about it.10. Its not what I asked for.Dialogue OneA: How was the movie last night?B:I didnt really like it.A:Mary said that she was really pleased with the photography.B:I found

401、it very disappointing.A:She liked the acting, too, because thats what she wanted to see.B:I wasnT happy with it.A:Nothing is to your satisfaction.Dialogue TwoA:Hows your new car?B:Perfect. Couldnt be better!A: You made a good choice, then?B:It*s just what I wanted.A:No regrets?B:Im really pleased wi

402、th it. Thanks.A:Im glad youre so happy.B:Ifs super.Dialogue ThreeA:Heres a model of our latest design. What do you think of it?B:Well, Im not too happy about it.A:Whats wrong with it?B:Well, Im afraid it*s not at all what I wanted. You havent really followed my instructions. Itll have to be done aga

403、in.A:Oh, dear!Dialogue FourA:eres the dress you wanted to be made.B:Oh, dear!A: Whats the matter?B:Ifs not what I asked for.A:Whats wrong with it?B:Ifs not the right material. Or the right color. I cant possibly accept it.A:This is a pity!Dialogue FiveA:Can you assure the quality of this air conditi

404、oner?B:Yes, ma ma. Therell be no problem with the quality.A:What if theres something wrong with it?B:Ybu dont have to worry about it. We have a one year warranty.A: Are you sure?B:Sure. We have a good after-sale service. Your satisfaction is guaranteed.Dialogue SixA:Tm busy year in and year out, but

405、 now Ive done nothing.B:Youve done a lot, my darling!A:I may have done a lot, but none is to my satisfaction.B: Youre too strict with yourself.A:Perhaps. Im dead tired.Dialogue SevenA:Would you mind taking your feet off the table, Mike?B:Not at all. But Ive found satisfaction in it!A:Do you put your

406、 feet on your own table?B:No, I never do that.A:Why not?B:I dont want to mark my table, of course.A:WelL will you please put them down?B:Im sorry. I thought you wouldnt come back so early.A:I forgot something on the table.B:Oh, youve got a good memory.痛失良机Once upon a time, there lived a woodman and

407、his wife. They were very poor. Every day the woodman would set out early to chop down trees. One day, he was about to strike thetree with the axe, when he heard a fairy crying out:n Please dont hurt it. Fil grant you three wishes. To his satisfaction, he made his first wish a big sausage, but his wi

408、fe disagreed.They quarrelled a lot. Unintentionally, their three wishes had gone.40. Suggestion（ 552、 ）1. Td like to put forward a suggestion.2. Dont you think it would be a good idea to invite Tom?3. Let*s go for a walk.4. Have you considered arranging a birthday party for your wife?5. I feel like

409、doing something different today.6 .1d like to suggest you join our club.7. Thafs not a bad idea, but I cant afford the time.8. You intend to move to Los Angeles, dont you?9. As a matter of fact, Tm intending to sell it at the end of this year.10. We may as well go swimming.Dialogue OneA:Would you li

410、ke to come by and play bridge?B:Well, lets see. Why dont we go dancing for a change? We havenl done that for a long time.A: Well, to tell the truth, I dont really feel like it tonight. I had a pretty hard day and Im sort of tired.Well, in that case, we could go to the movies.A:Oh, we always go to th

411、e movies. Cant we do something different?B:Well, do you have any suggestions?A:Lets see. How do you feel about playing bridge?B:Ifs OK with me, but we dont have any beer and things.A:Well, shall I call Janet and ask her and Tom to come over, and Fil go to the store and buy some stuff.B:OK.A:Hello, J

412、anet. Its me.Oh, fine. Just fine. Say, Janet, I was wondering if you and Tom were doing anything tonight. . . . No? Well, would you like to come by our place andplay a few hands of bridge?Dialogue TwoA:What shall we do tonight?B:How about the cinema?A:Thats a good idea. We havent been there for ages

413、.B:What would you suggest to see?A:Oh, I don*t know. It depends.Dialogue ThreeA:Why dont we get ourselves a new car? The old ones falling apart.B:What a good idea!A: What kind shall we get?B:We could go to more places this time, if you liked.A: Yes, fine.B:When shall we go and look?A:Why not sometim

414、e next week?B:No, lets go on Saturday.A:OK.B: Where shall we go?A:Theres a car dealer down the road. How about going there?B:No, I don*t like that place. Why dont we try the garage Martin recommended?A:Fine, Well do that.Dialogue FourA: Youre from New York, arent you?B:Yes, thats right.A:What do you

415、 suggest I should see in New York?B:Well, how about the Museum of Modern Art?A:No, I dont like museuMs. Theyre boring.B:Why dont you go to see the Empire State Building?A:Ah! That sounds interesting.Dialogue FiveA:let*s go out for a walk.B:I dont really feel like a walk.A:Well, shall we go to the ci

416、nema?B:A11 right. That sounds more interesting.Dialogue SixA:Honey, could you help me here a minute?B:Sure, sweetie. What are you doing?A:I want to put this curtain up.B:OK. Why dont you just hold the ladder, and Fil put it up.A:Thanks, dear.Dialogue SevenA:Mom, have we got any cookies?B:Cookies?You

417、 just ate an hour ago.A:I know, but Im hungry.B:Well, why dont you have some fruit instead?A: Aw, Mom. I dont want fruit, Arent there any chocolate chips?Dialogue EightA: Youre not looking happy. Whats the matter?B:Oh, nothing special. Tm just a bit tired.A: With the job?B:With everything, with ever

418、ybody, with all this!A:A good suggestion for you. You need a holiday.B:It wasnt always like this, you know.A: What did you mean?B:Well, I mean. We always do the same thing. There*s no variety in our lives.A: You need a holiday. Thats whats the matter.B:Certainly, perhaps.饮食与健康What kinds of food does

419、 a person need to eat in order to keep healthy? Scientists have suggested an answer to this question. To eat the following six categories of food such as: greenvegetables; other vegetables ;fruits; meats, fish and eggs; dairy products; and bread or cereal. And they also pointed out that there are th

420、irteen vitamins that humans need. Vitaminsare essential because they prevent diseases and help control body process.41. Supposition 猜测(416)1. Theyll be taking some exercise.2. This house must be at least loo years old.3. The bus must have gone.4. He cant have remembered.5. You must be joking.6. Mayb

421、e he has too much money.7 .1 guess hell fail the exam.8. Theyre predicting a good harvest this year.9. There is much probability that he can be saved.10.1 suppose he could have gone to Europe.Dialogue OneA: Dear, can you drive me to the clinic?B:Im afraid I can*t.A: Why?B:Well, my car wont start. I

422、dont know whats the matter with it.A:Could it be the battery?B:No, I dont think it could be. I checked the battery two days ago. It must be other probleMs.A: Well, I suppose it could be the gas.B:No, there is plenty of gas. I filled it up yesterday.A: Perhaps it*s the starter then?B:Yes, thats possi

423、ble.Dialogue TwoA:Whats 由is, I wonder?B:Im not sure. Let me have a look. It could be a coffee grinder.A:A coffee grinder?B:Yes, it must be used for grinding coffee beans.A:Oh, that would be very useful.Dialogue ThreeA:Have you seen that house?B:Yes, it looks interesting.A: Youre right. I love it ver

424、y much.B:It must be old.A:At least more than 100 years old.B:Lefs enter it!A:I cant open the door.B:It must be locked.A:Let me ask the old woman in that reception office.B:She can*t answer you.A:She must be deaf.B:It must be a haunted house. Are you frightened?A:Frightened?You must be joking.Dialogu

425、e FourA: What was that noise?B:It was the pilot putting the wheels down. We must be coming into land. Are you frightened?A:Frightened?You must be joking!Dialogue FiveA:Johns very late. Do you think hes coming?B:Well, it doesnt seem like it. He must have forgotten.A:I suppose youre right. He can*t ha

426、ve remembered.Dialogue SixA:Watch out! Youll hit that car if youre not careful.B:Oh no, I wont. But we will have an accident if you dont stop shouting.A: You see. I told you youd hit him if you werent careful.B:Oh, shut up, will you? It was all your fault. If youd kept quite this would never have ha

427、ppened.A:Oh, so it was my fault, was it? If I hadnt warned you in time it would have been much worse.老奶奶的生日礼物The little boy, Johnnie, had been up with a packet of mints, and said he wouldn,t go out to play until the post card came. I guess youll get lots and lots of presents,n he said. I didlast wee

428、k when I was six. * What would she like? A pair of slippers perhaps. Or a new cardigan. A cardigan would be lovely. Blues such a pretty color. Jim had always liked her in blue. Or a table lamp. Or abook, a travel book, with pictures, or a little clock, with clear black numbers. So many lovely things

429、.42. Surprise。32、 )1. Good heavens!2. How amazing!3 .1 cant believe my eyes.4. This really is a suiprise.5. Bless me!6. Crazy!7. He cant be serious!8. Never!9. What!10.1 must say your memory surprises me.Dialogue 1W: Listen to this. Mary got married.M: Is she really? I cant believe it!W: Yes. Yester

430、day.M: Good gracious. Thats incredible!W: She married Jerrod.M: Youre kidding.W: Shes going to live in Paris.M: Really? Im surprised.Dialogue 2M: Do you know who,s just got married? Old Me Donald.W: Never! Hes over 80, isnt he?M: Hes nearly 90.W: Good gracious! Are you sure?M: I am. Whatsmore, his w

431、ife is 84.W: Is she really?M: Yes, she is. And guess what, he is her sixth husband.W: Really? Quite a woman, isnt she?Dialogue 3M: Judy, what is everybody talking about?W: Havent you heard? Richard was fired by our manager.M: Youre kidding. It canl be true.W: Believe it or not. Everybody is talking

432、about it in the company.M: Really? Tm surprised.W: Me too.Dialogue 4W: My goodness! Yoif re kidding!M: No. Tm serious. Tm going to quit my job.W: Thats amazing! You got a good pay here, didnt you?M: Its true. But I cant show my abilities.W: Come on! Dont be silly!M: Your present job is something bet

433、ter. Why do you change?W: Well. How do you know?Dialogue 5M: What a surprise meeting you here, Landy.W: T m here as a tourist.M: Its a small world, isnt it?W: Yes, its a small world. We never know where well meet someone we know.How surprising! Ive heard of a strange story in ladys club. Thats a gen

434、tleman talking about food. Its like this. There is not enough food in the world for everybody. Really, morethan half the people are hungry. Do you know? When they get more food they have more babies. What a surprise! At this time, one of the ladies got up and said, “well, why dont wefind them and st

435、op them?”43. Sympathy（ 432、 ）1.1 do feel sony for him.2 .1 do hope its nothing serious.3 .1 feel pity for the old man.4. I am sorry to hear the news.5. that*s a shame!6. bless you!7 .1 do sympathize, I assure you.8. Is there any way I can help?9. Did it really?10. ifs nothing I think.Dialog 1I just

436、had a terrible week,what a shame!I fell down and hurt my arm.Thats too bad.then my son drove into a tree, the dog bit the delivery boy.What a pity!and a storm blew our roof away.Ho, no!Dialoe 2John got a heart attack last night.Oh really? Is he all right?Not so good, though his nephew took him to ho

437、spital in time.Poor old John! I am ever so sorry.Dialog 3whats the matter with you? You look so upset and tired.My father failed in business.Oh, thats really tough.Maybe it is the most difficult period of my family have experienced.I can understand. By the way, is there any way I can help?No, not no

438、w. I have found a part-time job. So perhaps I can help my family to come over the difficulties.Oh, thats so great, bless you! if you need me, Til always be there.Thank you.Dialoc 4They must have got in through the kitchen window, if only wed remember to close it.I am afraid your diamond bracelet has

439、 gone, darling!I wish Id put it in the bank.look! theyve taken your fur coat too.I know, I am sorry I ever bought it.I noticed theyve taken our radio and left the television.Its a pity they didnt take the tele. We need a new one. Anyway we can claim for all this from the insurance company.I wish we

440、could, but we can*t, you see, we are not insured.Dialog 5Fve just got the examination results. I am afraid you havent passed.Oh, no! I cant have failed, surely?I am afraid so. I am tenibly sorry!Whatever am I going to tell me parents.Dont worry about that, I am sure they will understand. After all,

441、it was a very difficult exam.what am I to do?You can always take it again.Dialog 6You look upset, is there anything wrong?Yes, to tell you the truth, there is.What is it?Well, Tve lost my wallet and my ID card.Oh, thats too bad! I am sorry to hear that!Forget it, there is no use crying over the spil

442、led milk.I felt really sony for John. He was really unlucky. On him, that proverb it never rains but pours turned out to be true. He fell in his final exam first, then his father passed away. Nowyou cant imagine the worst is still waiting for him. He had an accident yesterday, the doctor said that h

443、e had to cut his leg, but fortunately his life was saved. Oh, hard lives!44. Urge 催促（ 3、32、 ）1.1 think youd better get going now.2. Let*s be quick, Im not going to miss my flight.3. We*d better huny up.4. Youd better get a move on it.5. Lets huiTy.6. Lets speed up!7. Wed better step on it.8. Come on

444、 quick or well be left behind.9. Make haste!10. Don*t you think wed leave for the concert now?Dialogue OneA:Come on, darling. We havent got much time.B:AI1 right. Tm nearly ready. What time does the bus leave?A:Half past six. . . . and its half past six already.B:Oh, weve got plenty of time.A:We hav

445、ent. Hurry up!B:A11 right. Lets go.A:And about time too!Dialogue TwoA:Maybe wed better go now.B:Ifs still early.A:Gosh, its already 10. Stay here if you like.B:Since were late, lets go to see a film.A:OK. Hurry up.Dialogue ThreeA:Come on! Its time to go!B:Wait a minute! Just hold your horses! Whafs

446、your hurry, anyway?A:Well, Tve got to stop and get gas in the car, first.B:That wont take long.A:Well, it wont if there no line at the pump.B:Well, Tm not quite ready.A:F11 give you five more minutes, then Im going on without you!B:You wouldnt do a thing like that!A:Oh, yes, I would!Dialogue FourA:L

447、ets speed up. Were going to be late again.B:If we hurry, can we get there in time?A:I hope so.Dialogue FiveA:Don*t you think wed leave for the concert now?B:What time dose it start?A:In about 25 minutes.B:Then wed better get start.Dialogue SixA:Why arent you doing your homework?B:F11 do it later, Da

448、d. I must prepare the concert on Saturday.A:Oh, is it? Youll be making records next, will you?B:We hope so.A:Youd better get on with your homework! You can practice on Sunday.B:Oh dad. You dont understand at all.A:I certainly could. Youll get exams next month.B:I dont need it to play the guitar.A:Oh

449、, dont you? God save me!B:Im sorry.良方A friend of mine, Robert Taylor, almost had a nervous breakdown last week. I urged him to go to the doctor immediately. He, certainly, went to see a doctor and told him about histrouble. The doctor suggested him taking a holiday and going to quiet and peaceful pl

450、aces, like Florida. When Robert went out, the doctor run after him and patiently urged him tofollow his advice.45. Warning 警告（ 3、 40、 ）1. Be careful!2. Watch out!3. Look out !4 .1 have warned you not to do that!5. Its dangerous.6. Thanks for your warning.7. Dont get into trouble.8. Behave yourself!请

451、检点一点，行为规矩些9. Dont make any noise!10. Mind your own business!Dialogue OneA:Mom, may I play the card games for a while?B:Do you? Dad is in the study.A:I wont make any noise. Mom, please.B:Behave yourself !Dont make any noise. Have you finished your homework?A: Yes, Ive finished.B:Then let me see.A:er.

452、 . mom, I promise. I wont make a single noise.B:A11 right. Just five minutes. Be sure not to touch anything.A:Ok. I wonT get into trouble.B:Be careful!A:Thanks for the warning, Mom.Dialogue TwoA:Get out of the way.B:Excuse me?A:Be careful. That forklift n .铲车；叉式升降机；堆高机; n . 铲车；叉式升降机；堆高机 is coming to

453、wards you. Its dangerous.B:Thanks for the warning.Dialogue ThreeA:Watch out! Its dark over there.B:Thafs all right. I can manage.A:Be careful! The road is muddy. You might slip.B:Thanks for the warning.Dialogue FourA:Bob, did you see our supervisor? I need him to sign this paper.B:He is in his offic

454、e, but youd better choose your words carefully while talking to him.A:Whats up?B:Nothing. But he is in a bad mood today.A:Thanks for the warning.B:Thats all right.Dialogue FiveA:Im going to try sky diving this weekend.B:I wouldnt do it if I were you.Alts sounds like fun.B:Ifs very dangerous, you kno

455、w.A:I want to try something exciting.B:Ifs an easy way to get hurt, let me tell you.A:F11 tell you all about it next Monday.B:Well, take care of yourself, and dont say I didnt warn you.Dialogue SixA:Watch out! Youre too close to the fire place.B: Dont worry, but my clothes are made of leathers.A:Rea

456、lly?Thafs wonderful!B:Thank you for your warning.A:Not at all.B:Be careful of yourself.中a.A S 1 口Have you read the notice on the board? Be careful on your exams and dont try any tricks in the examination. Someone cheated last time and he will be punished, and this time youllbe disqualified instantly

457、 as soon as youre discovered. Its not a joke. ICs a rule. Please, boys and girls, be sure that you will be successful in your examinations. Even though you fail,you can have a chance to make up for it. OK?46. Wish(42(T)1. Td like to wish you every success with your job.2. Good luck with your job int

458、erview.3.1 hope everything goes well with your sons wedding.4 .1 wish you a pleasant journey.5 .1 hope you have a good time.6. Id like to wish you a very happy birthday.7. Congratulations!8. Would you give your parents my best wishes?9. Please convey my kindest regards to your sister.10.1 must congr

459、atulate you on your promotion.Dialogue 1W: Youre going to set up your own law office, arent you?M: Yes. After so many years of hard work, Td rather I had an office of my own.W: If you need help, donl hesitate to ask me.M: Til be very glad if you would help.W: Td like to wish you every success in you

460、r new venture.M: Thank you. I wish I would.W: Good luck to you.Dialogue 2M: Its time for me to go now.W: Would you like me to go with you?M: Id rather you stayed in the office and did these things.W: Do you want to type that letter?M: Td rather you typed it.W: Do you want to tell her?M: Td rather yo

461、u told her.Dialogue 3W: You should clean your clothes. Theyre too dirty.M: I wish I had time to clean them. I have too much work to do.W: Its fine today and Ive got time. Shall I do it for you?M: Oh, I wish you would.Dialogue 4M: You know John?W: Which John? Mr. Turnbows son?M: Yes. Fve read news ab

462、out him in todays paper.W: And hes bright and intelligent. Pm sure he can pass the university entrance exam.M: I wish he could too.W: Hows your boy, Jack?M: Hes a bit tired, you know. It often takes him a couple of hours to brush up.W: Poor boys! They work harder at school nowadays, dont they?M: Goo

463、d luck to them.Dialogue 5W: Your house is very old. Does it need redecorating?M: Yes, it really needs redecorating.W: Shall I help you with it?M: I dont suppose you could.W: I have much time. I suppose it can be done.M: Til be glad if you would.Dialogue 6W: Happy birthday, John. Many happy returns o

464、f the day!M: Thank you, Alice. Come in to the dining-room. Tm going to cut the cake soon. Have some please.W: Well, making good wishes.M: Ok. Im pretty happy and I can go abroad.W: Sure. We hope your wish will come true.I wish I could come with you on the trip to New York. It sounds very exciting. B

465、ut I really feel I must say no. In the first place, Im not sure I have enough money. I spent so muchlast year. I really hope ril find a part-time job. As well as that, I dont really have a suitable set of clothes. Then if I passed the examination, I would like to prepare for university inSeptember.

466、Lastly, theres mothers health. If she gets better, I think I can leave home.47. Airport 机场（ 上） （ 6、47、 ）1. Are the flights to Chicago non-stop?2. Can I break my journey at Hawaii?3. How can I get to the airport?4. How long does the flight take?5. May I see your passport, disembarkation card and cust

467、oms form?6. Please open the suitcase. Whafs in this container?7. Can I see your boarding pass?8. Right outside the terminal.9. But Id suggest taking the limousine.10. At what altitude are we flying now?Dialogue OneA:Fve heard youre going to America tomorrow. I want to see you off at the airport.B:Oh

468、, thanks a lot.A:What time are you leaving?B:l:30 P. m. But Tve got to check in at 12:30 P. m.A: What airline and what flight?B:Pan American Airlines. Flight 282.A:F11 see you at the airport at 12:30 P. m.B:Ok. See you tomorrow.Dialogue TwoA:May I help you, mama?B:Please, where do I catch the plane

469、for New York?A:First you must check in at Counter No. 4.B:That one there?A:That*s right. Then you will follow the signs to Gate 85.B:Thank you. Youve been very helpful.Dialogue ThreeA:Fd like to reconfirm my plane reservation.B:What flight are you taking?A:Flight 201.B:And whats your name?A:Anderson

470、.B:Evei,ything is in order. Please check in at the airport an hour before flight time.A:Thank you.虚拟旅行Think of yourself as a package to be shipped from Dalian to Beijing. Buy yourself a ticket and head out to the aiiport. With your ticket and your I. D. card you will be clearedthrough security and q

471、uickly board a comfortable aiiplane. About one hour later you are in Beijing after a pleasant ride over Bo Hai Bay and the city to Tianjin. On the way the cabincrew will serve you hot or cold drinks as well as some snacks. When you anive in Beijing, you will be amazed at the beautiful airport there

472、and the modem transportation to takeyou into the city.Airport机 场 （ 下）1. Any hand luggage, madam?2. Are you keeping that small bag as hand-luggage?3. Hand-luggage is not to be weighed.4. Its two pounds over.5. Theres no excess to pay.6. Heres your luggage bill.7. Will you give me your ticket?8. Anyth

473、ing dutiable?9. Tve brought with me two bottles of Chinese liquor and a carton of cigarettes.10. Am I through?Dialogue OneA:May I see your aiiplane ticket, passport and health certificate please?B:Here you are.A:Will you please put your luggage on the scale?B:I want to check these three pieces and I

474、ll carry this overnight bag by myself.A:Sir, your bags are 30 pounds overweight. You are allowed only 45 pounds of baggage.B:Well, then, how much do I owe you?A:That comes to H. K. $120.Dialogue TwoA:Put all baggage on the conveyor belt. Walk through the detector gate one at a time, please.B:Excuse

475、me, mama. Could you walk back through the doorway again, please?A: What for?B: Airport security. Could you empty your pockets over here, please?A:Really?rm in a hurry. All right.B:Ah, a set of keys.A:Fm embarrassed! I forgot completely about them. Fm tenibly sorry.B:That*s all right. Enjoy your flig

476、ht.A:Thank you.Dialogue ThreeA:Yes, mama. May I help you with your bags?B:Oh, yes, if you like. The large one goes to Washington. The other one I will take with me. All right?A:Flight 36 to Washington. Itll be on the plane for you.B:Oh, thank you. Thank you very much.空中意外It is the fifth of December,

477、 1945.Five aiiplane crewmen are ready for a training flight from Fort Lauderdale, Florida. They will fly in a triangle. They will fly east for 160 miles. Then they will turn north for 40miles, and turn southwest back to their base. It will be a normal flight on a normal day.The planes have the best

478、radios and the most reliable instruments. Each plane has life rafts. Each man has a life jacket. The pilots are very experienced.The planes leave just after two in the afternoon. The crewmen plan to land again at four. At three forty-five, the commander, checks his position with the other pilots.Im

479、not sure where we are. I cant see land.The ground controllers at the base wait. There is no radar. They cant help the men in the air. They can only wait.48. Apartment 公寓（ 上） （ 737、 、 ）1. Where can I find an apartment?2. Tm going to find a place near my office.3. Do you have your own house?4. Its a l

480、ong trip to work every day.5. How can you find an apartment?6. Can I find an apartment by checking the ads. in a newspaper?7. Apartments in the suburbs are cheaper.8. Tve got a vacancy.9. When do you think is convenient to see the room.10. Can you tell me your present address?Dialogue OneA: Are you

481、going home now?B:No, Tin not.A:What are you going to do? Are you going to work late?B:No, Im not. Im going to look for an apartment.A:An apartment? Why?B:Im going to try to find a place near the office.A:Where are you living now?B:Out in the suburbs. Itrs a long trip to work every day.A:How are you

482、going to find an apartment ?B:Fm going to buy a newspaper and check the classified ads.A:Apartments in the city are expensive.B:I know, but Im going to enroll in a night school to take a course in business management.Dialogue TwoA:Now darling, I know that weve bought this house together, but its jus

483、t going to be far too expensive to decorate it. I think we should sell it.B:Oh, no, Nathan, I. . . I really think weve bought this flat at the right time, you know. Market prices are going to go up, and I think youH find in a year or two it will be worth a lotmore.A:But were going to spend so much m

484、oney in furnishing and decorating. I think we could get a much cheaper place thats already furnished.B:But dont you like this place? I remember when we came to see it we thought it would be lovely.A:Well, only you liked it really, darling.B:Oh, why didnt you say so then? But I still think weve made

485、a good buy.Dialogue ThreeA:Good morning. May I help you?B:Yes. Tm looking for an apartment Id like two bedrooms.A:A11 right. Have a seat, please. Let me ask you a few questions. First of all, may I have your name, please?B:My names Donald Eakins.A:How do you spell your last name, Mr. Eakins.B:Its E-

486、A-K-I-N-S.A:E-A-K-I-N-S. First name :Donald. And whats your present address, Mr. Eakins?Bits 1446 Pine Street.A: 1446 Pine. That*s in San Francisco, isnt it?B:Yes, it is.购买新居The Smiths have bought a new house. Mr. Smith think that the house is very beautiful, and they are lucky. It*s in a small town

487、 20 miles south of the capital city. The location isvery good. The house looks quite new from outside. It has a nice living room, a dining room and two large bedrooMs. One for them and the other for the kids. The kitchen ismodem. It has a new refrigerator, and an electric stove and a dishwasher. The

488、y plan to buy some furniture for their new house. They will move in next week.Apartment 公 寓 （ 下）1. Would you like to rent a house or buy a house?2. How long do you want to rent the house?3. Ive got a furnished house to let.4. Tm afraid I just want to rent the house for three months.5. Whats the cond

489、ition of the house?6. Do you have a refrigerator and a dishwasher in the kitchen?7. Do we have to paint the wall?8. We can decorate the house ourselves.9 .1 think its a good bargain.10.1 like the house very much because it faces the south.Dialogue OneA:Good morning! May I help you?B:Yes. My wife and

490、 I are interested in renting a house for the summer.A:Do you want a furnished house or an unfurnished one?B:Furnished.A:Very well. How long do you want the house? All summer?B:No, not all summer. Just for six weeks.A:Fm afraid I can only rent it for two months.B:My holiday is only six weeks, but I t

491、hink my brother and his family would take it for the other two weeks. Is the house in good condition?A: Yes, it is. It was just painted and it has all the modern conveniences.Dialogue TwoA:I wonder if you could help me Im looking for a room.B:Well, I have got a vacancy.A: What sort of price are you

492、asking?B:Eight dollars fifty a week excluding laundry.A:Would it be convenient to see the room?B:Can you call back later? Were right in the middle of lunch.Dialogue ThreeA:May I come in?B:Yeah, Please do. Now let me show you the house.A:This seems a pretty nice room, I should say.B:You bet. This is

493、the nicest room in the district. You know what, I just had all the walls repainted last month.A: What about the kitchen?B:Ifs a well-furnished eat-in kitchen. The stove and the ice-box are in good order, and the plumbing is OK, too.A:I see. Td like to live here for about three years.B:Terrific!When

494、are you moving in?A:Next Saturday at the earliest.租房There are different types of renting-houses, such as furnished apartments, partly furnished apartments or unfurnished apartments. For a furnished one, it usually includes arefrigerator, a washing machine, a stove, a dining room table, beds, etc. Yo

495、u neednt buy those things when you move in. Sometimes you can even find knives, forks, plates and so on.As to the partly furnished apartment, maybe you can only find refrigerator and stove, but it is different in various places.49. Bank 银 行 （ 上）（ 8、 34、 、 ）1. A current account, please.2 .1 want to d

496、eposit 150 dollars in my account.3 .1 d like a deposit account.4. How do we open a current account?5. Id like to know my balance please.6. Whats the interest rate for the savings account?7. The interest rate for the savings account is 4. 5%.8. Could you explain the different accounts you offer?9. Pl

497、ease sign your name on this form.10. Please fill out these forms and sign your name.Dialogue OneA:I want to open a saving account, sir. Whats the proper procedure?B:First, you fill out the application form and then well issue you a passbook.A:Is there any minimum for the first deposit?B:No, Even a d

498、ollar is all right. Heres your passbook, sir; just sign your name on it.A:What is the annual interest rate?B:It varies from time to time. At present it is 6%.A:By the way, can I open a checking account too?B:By all means. But you have to deposit enough money before you can write out your checks.Dial

499、ogue twoA:Morning. May I help you?B:Yes. Td like to open an account that enables me to draw money easily.A:Well, in that case, I think a checking account may be more convenient for you. However, there*s a service charge.B:How much is the service charge?A:One percent.B:Sounds reasonable. Will 300 dol

500、lars be enough for a minimal deposit?A:More than enough. Please fill in this form.B:Anything else?A: Your passport, please.Dialogue ThreeA:Good morning, sir. What can I do for you?B:Good morning. I would like to open a new account. I want to deposit 500 dollars.A:Very good, sir. What kind would you

501、like?B:Could you tell me how many kinds there are in your bank?A:Besides the checking account, theres a monthly savings account and a daily interest account.B:Oh, I think Id like to take the monthly savings account then.A:Would you fill out this form?B:OK. Here you are.A:A11 right. And heres your de

502、posit book.B:Thank you. Goodbye.A:Goodbye.开户Yesterday Cathy went to the bank. She asked the bank, manager about savings account. She decided to open a savings account. That means she can deposit or withdraw her money atany time. First she signed a signature card. The signature card shows the bank ho

503、w she signs her name. On the signature card she printed her name, address, home phone number,social security number, drivers license number, date of birth, occupation, and her employers name and address. Cathy deposited $1000. The bank manager gave her account numberfor her new savings account.B a n

504、 k 银 行 （ 下）1. How do you wish to draw your money?2. How much do you want to change?3. How would you like it?4. What kind of currency do you want to change?5. In fives, please.6. How should I give it to you?7. In what denomination?8. Give me some small notes, please.9 .1 want to withdraw some money f

505、rom my current account, please.10. Td like to buy a bank draft.11. Can I cash a check here?12. Could you cash this travelers check, please?13. Heres your passbook.14. Do you have your passport with you?15. Could I see your ID card, please.Dialogue OneA:May I help you?B:Id like to withdraw some money

506、.A:Please fill in the slip, stating the exact amount you wish to withdraw.B:AI1 right. And heres my bankbook. Is that all?A: Your ID card, please.B:Oh, yes. Here it is.A:Do you want large ones or small ones?B:Four in hundred, one in ten, please.A:Wait a minute, please. . Heres the cash.B:By the way,

507、 Id like to change some U. S. dollars to pounds and I want to know todays exchange rate.A:Well, sir. According to todays exchange rate, every pound in cash is equivalent to 1. 89 U. S. dollars. How much would you like to change?B:I want 100 pounds. And here are 189 U. S. dollars.A:. . . OK. And here

508、,s your money.B:Thank you. And goodbye.A:Goodbye.Dialogue TwoA:May I help you?B:Id like to cash this check, please.A:Do you have an account with us?B:Yeah. Heres my identification card.A:Do you want large or small bills?B: Actually, I want to buy some travelers checks.A: What denomination?B:Twenties

509、 would be fine.A:Do you want the whole amount in travelers check?B:Yes, please.Dialogue ThreeA:Can I help you, sir?B:Uh, yes. Im going to the States and I need some travelers checks.A:AI1 right. How much do you need?B:One thousand U. S. dollars.A:One thousand U. S. Mm hmm. And are you going to pay c

510、ash?B:Oh, no. I want to withdraw from my U. S. dollars savings account.A:A11 right. Now can I have your passbook?B:Right. Here it is.A:Thank you. And what amounts do you want the checks in?B:Mm. In hundreds, please.精打细算Do you want to save money? You can make a budget and save money. It*s important t

511、o know how much money you spend a month. Some expenses are the same every month, forexample, rent, car loan payments, and car insurance. But some expenses change every month. For example, Lets say during the winter you use a lot of gas to heat your home. Thenyour gas bill is very high. In the summer

512、 you don*t heats your home. Then your gas bill is low. You spend a different amount each month on gas for your home.Its important to save money for emergencies. Lets say you and your husband or wife work. Your husband or wife has an accident and cant work for two months. What can you do?How can you

513、pay your bills? You can save money every month for emergencies. Ifs important to include money for emergencies in your budget.50. Barbers and Hairdresser 理发与美发（ 上） （ 758、 ）1. How would you like it cut, Sir?2. How do you like it, Sir?3. Cut it short all round, please.4. Dont take too much off the top

514、, please.5. Just a trim, please.6. Could you give it a good trimming?7. Fairly short, please.8. Dont touch the sidebums, please.9. Give me a shave, please.10. Please shave off my beard.Dialogue OneA:Good morning, sir.B:Good morning.A: How do you want it, sir?B:Just take a little off on the top and s

515、horten the back. But please dont make it too short.A:How about your sideburns?B:Just to the bottom of my ears. By the way, Id like a shave, too.A:A11 right. . Tilt your head to the right, please.B:(when finished)How much is it?A:Exactly five dollars.B:Here you are. Thank you and goodbye.A: You are w

516、elcome, sir. Good-bye.Dialogue TwoA:I want to have my hair cut, please.B:A11 right. What kind of hairstyle do you want?A:A short one.B:OK. No problem.A:Oh, my god, where is my hair?Dialogue ThreeA: Please shave me and cut the boy*s hair.B:Do you want me to cut the bots hair first, or to shave you fi

517、rst?A:Oh, shave me. Then Ill go down the road and have a glass of wine while youre cutting the boys hair.B:A11 right. But it wont take long. (He soon finished, and the boy sat down and waited. But half an hour later, the man didnt come back.)B:Ifs a pity that your daddys taking such a long time. Whe

518、re is he likely to be?C:I cant guess. And that man isnt my daddy. Tve never seen him before in my life. I was playing in the street this morning, and he came up to me and asked me whether Id like tohave my hair cut without having to pay anything. I said I would, because my hair was rather long, so h

519、e brought me here.等胡子长出来Once a little boy went into a barber shop. He was so young that he had no beard. But he asked for a shave. The barber told him to sit down, soaped his face and then left. The boywaited and waited and at last he lose his patience. Well,u he shouted, What are you leaving me her

520、e for all this time?1 The barber replied, Tm waiting for your beard to grow.Barbers and Hairdressers ( 下)1. How about a shampoo?2. Would you like it washed?3. Would you like me to shampoo your hair?4. How do you want your hair done/set?5. How shall I do it, maam?6. What will you have, a perm or a se

521、t?7. Id love to change the way I do my hair.8. What shampoo do you prefer?9. Would you keep the same fashion?10. Td like to restyle my hair.Dialogue OneA:I made an appointment for a perm at 3:00.B:Oh, yes, Mrs. Saxton. Please take a seat here.A:Thank you.B:Would you like a shampoo first?A: Yes, with

522、 the LUX dandruff shampoo. It helps a lot to get rid of my dandruff.B:Yeah. A lot of my customers love it. (after shampooing)Do you want a permanent wave or a cold wave?A:Fd like a permanent wave. By the way, do you have any picture of the latest hairstyle? I ,ve been in this style for so long that

523、I want a change this time.B:Sure. We just got some. TheyYe up-to-date.A:(Looking at the pictures)! prefer this kind of style. Can you make it for me?B:No problem.Dialogue TwoA: Are you being served, madam?B:Not yet.A:Sit here, please. How would you like your hair done?B: A trim and perm.A:Do you wan

524、t a cold-wave or perm?B: A cold-wave, please.Dialogue ThreeA:Good morning. Do I need an appointment?B:No, maam, theres only one person ahead of you. You wont have to wait long.A:Thank you.B:A11 right, madam, it*s your turn. What will it be today?A:Tve been wearing my hair long for years, but now Id

525、like to try some kind of modern style. What do you suggest for a woman like me, that is, with hair like mine?B:Come here, please. Wed like to wash your hair first. That way it will be easier to cut and style. I think you1! like this style. It*s very fashionable.A:I hope so. Im really tired of this o

526、ld-fashioned style that Pve been wearing.B:Would you like me to blow-dry your hair?A: Yes, if you think it will help.B:What do you think of it?A:Its great! Will it be hard to care for?B:Not at all. When you wash it, it will fall into place naturally. You1! probably need another cut in about a month.

527、 Shall I make an appointment for you?A:By all means.选择理发师的意见Mark went to a barbers shop and had his hair cut, but when he came out, he was not happy with the result, and when his friend George saw him, he laughed and said, HWhathappened to your hair, Mark?Mark said, I tried a new barbers shop today,

528、 because I wasnt at all satisfied with my old one, but this one seems even worse.George agreed, Yes, I think you are right, Mark. Now ril tell you what to do next time you go to a barbers shop; look at all the barbers1 hair, and then go to the one whose own hairhas been cut the worst. Why? asked Mar

529、k. Because he couldn*t cut it himself. Some other barber cut it-and he must have been a worse barber than the one whose hair he cut. 051. Bookstore 书店（ 上） （ 5、 42、 ）1. Have you got any German-Chinese dictionaries?2. Where can I find the latest edition of this dictionary?3. Could you show me on which

530、 shelf I can find the book?4. Would you like to have this one?5. Which do you prefer, the paperback or the hardcover?6. Til take this one.Dialogue OneA:Do you have a good English-Chinese dictionary?B:Sure. How about this one?A:Is this the latest edition?B:Yes. We have both the paperback and the hard

531、cover.A:Whats the difference?B:The hardcover is more expensive.A:Oh!I see. Til have the paperback, please,Dialogue TwoA:Can I help you, sir?B:I want to find a book called Gone with the Wind. But I cant find it.A:Let me give you a hand. The author is.B:Margaret Mitchell.A:Oh, yes. Here it is.B:Thank

532、you very much. I have been looking for it for a long time. Is this the latest edition?A: Yes, we have both the paperback and hardcover, which would you want to buy?B:How about the price of the hardcover?A:Ifs $25.B:A little bit expensive, but I will buy one. This is $25, here you are.Dialogue ThreeA

533、:Can I help you?B:Tm looking for books on WTO. Could you show me where they are?A:Come this way please. Weve got plenty of them and theyre all on the shelf near the cashiefs desk.B:Thanks a lot.A: Youre welcome.我家附近的小书店I love bookstore very much. You may ask why. The answer is simple, because I love

534、 books. Near our house, there is a little bookstore. Although its small, it has lots of books. Myhusband and I often go there in our spare time. The owner of the bookstore is a person who loves books, too. In the bookstore, there are four big shelves. And different kinds ofbooks are put on different

535、 shelves. So you can find the books you want easily. If you have some free time, welcome here to have a look.Bookstore 书 店 （ 下）1 . Id like to buy an English grammar.2 .1 wonder if youve got any books on computer science.3. Any book on it will do.4. Do you happen to know who the author is?5. Have you

536、 got any idea who the author is?6. Those books are sold out.7. Books of this kind are out of stock now.8. Were selling books on sale.Dialogue OneA:Excuse me, do you have A tale of Two Cities? Id like a copy of it.B:Who is the author?A:Charles Dickens.B: Sorry, we Ye sold out right now. Please come b

537、ack next week.A:Ok, Thanks.Dialogue TwoA:Excuse me. I am looking for a book called Little Women, but I canrt find it anywhere.B:Let me see. I am sorry we just have sold it out.A:Will you have it later?B:I think so. Could I have you name, telephone number? If we get one, I will call you.A:Thafs terri

538、fic. Thank you.Dialogue ThreeA:Excuse me. Have you got any books on genetic engineering? Ive looked for them everywhere, but I cant find any.B:Im not sure if weve got any now. Books of that kind are on this shelf. Well, Im afraid weve sold out.A:What a pity! I should have come earlier.B:Come sometim

539、e next week if you like. I think well have got some by them.A:Ok, I will.三本书I once wanted to buy a called Wives and Daughters by Mrs. GASkell. It*s a very good nineteenth-century novel. I went to three good bookshops in London. NO, they said, theyhadnt seen it for years. But they said they would loo

540、k for one for me. Three months later I had postcards from all three shops; each of them had found a copy. So I had to buy threecopies of Wives and Daughters52. Bus 公共汽车（ 上） （ 731、 、 ）1. Excuse me, can I get to the new bookstore on this bus?2. Is this the right bus for the new bookstore?3. Is the bus

541、 going to the new bookstore?4. Dose this bus stop at the new bookstore?5. How much is it to that stop?6. Whats the fare?7. Can you tell me how much itll cost?8. Could you please tell me when I should get off?9. Will you please tell me when we arrive there?10. Tm sorry I dont know when to get off. Wi

542、ll you please tell me when it is my stop?Dialogue OneA:Excuse me, does this bus go to the new bookstore?B:No, youll have to get off at the bank, and take a No. 50.A:Thank you. How much is the fare to that stop?B:One dollar.A:How many stops are there?B:Two stops after this one.A:Could you please tell

543、 me when we get there?B:Sure.A:By the way, do I need a transfer again after No. 50?B:No, a No. 50 will take you right there.A:Thank you.Dialogue TwoA:Excuse me. Whens the next bus?B:The next bus will be here in four minutes.A:Oh, good. Thatll be the number forty four?B:No, it*s the number fifty-eigh

544、t.A:So whens the next forty-four? Will it be here soon?B:No, it wont.A:So when will it be here then?B: Never.A: Never?B:That*s right. The number forty-four doesnt stop here any more. It*s stop is round the corner.Dialogue ThreeA:Excuse me, do the buses stop here?B:Yes, they all stop at this corne匚A:

545、I want to go to Broadway and 82nd Street. Can I take any bus that comes along?B:Ybu can take any bus except the Number 9.A:How often do the buses run?B:They run about every five minutes.A:Fine. How long does it take to get to 82nd Street?B: About fifteen minutes. It*s not far. Are you a stranger in

546、New York?A:Yes, I am. I arrived only three days ago from Japan.B:How do you like New York city?A:I like it very much, but its a little confusing to me.B:Yburll soon get accustomed to it. It*s not difficult. Well, heres the bus. Fortunately, its not full.A:Thank you for the information.B:Dont mention

547、 it.美德A lot of people were standing at the bus station, waiting for the bus. It was so cold that everyone wanted to take a seat on the bus. It had been a long time, but the bus still didntcome. Among the waiting people, there was an old woman with a big parcel. At last, No. 3 bus was coming to them.

548、 A young man helped the woman get on the bus. And a little girllet the old woman take her seat. There were sweet smiles on every face. Though it was a cold day, everyone could feel the warmness.B u s公共汽车（ 下）I. The bus goes past the new bookstore.2. This bus will set you down at your destination.3. T

549、his is the right bus.4. This is your stop.5. One more stop, and youll get off.6. Get off at the next stop and them change to the No. 3.7. No, you should have caught a No. 15.8. Youre going the wrong way. You should take a No. 9.9. Youre on the wrong bus.10. The bus runs about every 5 minutes.Dialogu

550、e OneA:where are you going, Jane?B:Fm going to the hospital to see Susan.A:I saw her yesterday. She was a little better.B:Must I catch a number 7 bus to get there?A:No, you neednt. A number 13 bus will also take you to the hospital.B:Number 13 buses run much more frequently, dont they?A: Yes. I caug

551、ht a number 7 bus yesterday, and they said I had taken a wrong bus.B:Thank you, Henry. Til get a number 13.A:But number 13 buses leave from the center of town. Youll have to walk two miles to catch one.Dialogue TwoA:Is this the right bus for the Grand Hotel?B:Oh, no. You should take the No. 14 tram.

552、A:Where can I take it?B:Two blocks down the street.Dialogue ThreeA:Excuse me. Is this where I catch the bus for the zoo?B:Well, you can take the No. 36 bus from here, but then you have to walk about 30 minutes.A:That doesnt sound too bad.B: Actually, if you go to the bus stop in the next block, you

553、can take bus 301 which will let you right off in front of the zoo.A:Maybe thats what Fil do. Thanks a lot.B: Youre welcome.通勤人员的苦恼A commuter always looks miserable. He gets up at 6:00 a. m. and eats a quick breakfast. Then he rushes off to the bus stop. He anives there only to see no bus. When it fi

554、nallycomes, someone always tries to push past him to get in first. He squeezes on at last and finds no more seats. He has to stand with his briefcase between his knees-there is simply noroom to put it down. A passenger next to him shoves his elbow in his ribs, step on his toes, or even drops cigaret

555、te ashes on him.The conductor makes his way through the crowd and for tickets. The commuter looks for his ticket and drops everything clumsily.Finally the commuter reaches his stop. He is already exhausted.53. Customs 海 关 （ 上） （ 8、 6、 、 ）1. Take out your passport, please.2. Show me your passport, pl

556、ease.3. Anything particular to declare?4. Any prohibited goods with you?5. Any arms, munitions, living plants or animals?6. Anything else besides these?7. Would you show me whats in the bag?8. Please put them on the counter and open them.9. Cleared. Pass on, please.10. Youre through now.Dialogue One

557、A:Good afternoon. Welcome to China. May I see your passport, customs and health declaration form?B:Yes, here you are.A:Thank you. Whats your occupation, Mr. Smith?B:Fm the general manager of the Far-East Industry Corporation.A: You are here on business, arent you?B:Yes, I have been invited by the Ea

558、st Import & Export Coiporation of China for business talks.A:I see. Do you have anything to declare?B:Yes, I have some foreign currency to declare.A:Would you please fill out this currency declaration form? Its a record of the foreign currency you have brought in.B:All right.Dialogue TwoA:Have you g

559、ot anything to declare, madam?B:No, I havent.A:Have you got any wine or spirits?B:No, I dont drink.A:What about cigarettes or cigars?B:Tve got some cigars.A:How many, madam?B:Two small boxes.Dialogue ThreeA:Passport, please, madam.B:Just a minute, please. Its in my bag. Here it is.A:Thank you Please

560、 fill out the Baggage Declaration Form.B:A11 right. Shall I enter all my belongings?A:No, only the articles listed on the Declaration.通关Zhang Ming, a customs officer at the customs service desk. was asking Mr. Smith, who was to go through customs, some questions. First, Mr. Smith filled in a cuiTenc

561、ydeclaration form, then he was required to have his suitcase inspected. My clothes and toilet things. No contraband. He smiled. Then Zhang Ming asked, Have you anythingsubject to duty? May I see your handbag? What*s there inside?1 After he examined the handbag, he said, Pm afraid you have to pay qui

562、te a sum of duty on these valuables. The restcan be allowed in duty free. You should pay fifty dollars for these. Then he made out Mr. Smiths duty memo and gave him the receipt.Customs海关（ 下）1 . Do I have to pay duty on the cigarettes?2 . I dont know whats duty-free.3. Just a few personal belongings/

563、effects.4. How much is the duty I have to pay?5. How much should I pay for the duty?6. What articles are allowed to be imported free of charge?7. All this luggage is mine.8.1 have a small bottle of perfume.9. Is it allowed to import the watch?10. Where should I go through the customs?Dialogue OneA:G

564、ood morning, Passport, please.B:Here you are.A:Ah, thank you. Please bring your luggage here for inspection.B:Ok. But is there anything wrong?A:Itfs just a regular inspection. Do you have anything to declare?B:Tve got 6 packets of cigarettes and 2 bottles of champagne. Besides, I have two cameras, o

565、ne is for my own use, and the other is a gift.A:Well, the cigarettes and the champagne are not in excess of the duty-free allowance. But according to our law, each passenger is allowed only one camera duty-free. You 11 have topay duty for the other one.B:Ok. Where shall I pay duty for it?A:Please wa

566、it a minute. Fil make out the duty memo. . . Here you are. Take this and pay to the woman over there.B:Tve paid for it. Heres the receipt.A: Very well. I hope you ll enjoy your stay in America.B:Thank you.Dialogue TwoA:Here * s my passport. Tm a visiting scholar.B:Do you have anything to declare?A:N

567、o, these are all my personal effects.BiWhafs in the bag? Would you mind opening the bag?A:Not at all. I dont know whats dutiable. Do I have to pay duty on things for my own use?B:NO. You dont have to pay duty on personal belongings.A:Thank you.Dialogue ThreeA:Have you anything to declare?B:One bottl

568、e of perfume and a watch.A: Where did you buy it?B:In Boston.A:Do you travel a lot/B:Oh. I go to see my sister twice a year or so.A:Twice a year? How long has your sister lived in Boston?B: Nearly ten years.A:I see, thats a long time. How much was the watch?B:I cant remember, but Ive got the receipt

569、 somewhere. Would you like to see it/A:Yes, Id like to see the receipt. Oh! I see you bought the watch last week.B:Yes. Does that mean FH have to pay duty on it?A: Yes, Im afraid you will. Altogether on the watch and the perfume you owe me seven pounds.B:Ok. Here you are. Is that all right now?A:Yes

570、, thats fine. 1 hope you enjoyed your stay in Boston?B:Yes, I did. I had a fine time.走私者Sam Lewis was a customs officer. He used to work in a small border town. It wasnt a busy town and there wasnt much work. The road was usually very quiet and there werentmany travelers. It wasnt a very interesting

571、 job, but Sam liked an easy life. About once a week, he used to meet an old man. His name was Draper. He used to arrive at the borderearly in the morning in a big truck. The truck was always empty. After a while Sam became suspicious. He often used to search the truck, but he never found anything. O

572、ne day heasked Draper about his job. Draper laughed and said, Tm a smuggler. H54. Daily routine(6v10xs)1. Whats your father?2. Wherere you going?3. Did you remember to buy me the book?4. Do you know how much we spent this month?5. How do you pay for it?6. Have you ever heard the ads say anything bad

573、 about your products?7. Is your father in the habit of having naps?8. When do you go to bed usually?9. What do you plan to do for your birthday?10. Are you ready?Dialogue 1M: What do you do for a living?W: Tin a doctor.M: Really? Do you like it?W: Yes, I do. Its very interesting. Whats your job?M: F

574、m a bus driver.W: Oh, do you enjoy it?M: No, I dont really like it. Its boring.Dialogue 2W: What does she do?M: She works as a teller in a bank.W: Does she go to night school?M: Yes. She goes three times a week.W: Why? What does she want to be?M: She wants to be a manager.W: What classes does she ta

575、ke?M: She takes classes in accounting and business.Dialogue 3M: Where do you have to goW:To New York.M: When do you have to be thereW: Tomorrow morning.M: How long do you have to be there?W: Three daysM: When will you be back?W: On Friday.What a mess today! I kept my friend waiting for a long time i

576、n the sports department store because the traffic was terrible I altered my way. It turned out that I lost my way. Icouldnt find the department store because I had just moved here for three days. I had to ask a woman in a red shirt. She was so warm-hearted that she told me the way in greatdetails. I

577、t was so near that I even could walk. So I drove straight on and after only five minutes I arrived there. My friend wasnt angry with me but I suddenly realized that I hadntexpressed my thankfulness to the women in the red shirt.1. Im afraid I forgot to lock the door.2 .1 dont think we have much butt

578、er.3.1 want you to have a walk with me.4. Tm asking for your advice.5. Youve already grown up.6 .1 plan to buy a car this year7. Mom, pass me some more please.8. Lets see if we forget anything.9. I start to work at 8:00 every day.10.1 usually have lunch at 12 oclock.Dialogue 1W: Excuse me, sir. Coul

579、d you spare a minute?M: Uh, yes.W: Do you go to work by train every day、M: Yes. I commute five days a week by train.W: And would you mind telling us what you think of the rail service?M: Its really very good.W: Why do you say that?M: Well, trains are frequent and come on time.W: Which train do you c

580、atch in the evening?M: I usually take the 5:30 home.W: And can you get a seat?M: No, I usually have to stand.W: Would you agree that the service is fast?M: Yes, its reasonably fast but it certainly isnt cheap. Fares have gone up25%.Dialogue 2M: How are you?W: Fine.M: I havent seen you for several da

581、ys.W: Oh, I have been with my uncle for a week.M: Whats he doing?W: He is an accountant. I have been helping him for a week.M: He must be happy.W: Yeah. How are you these days?M: Fine too.Dialogue 3M: Hello, Maiy. Why are you standing here in the cold wind?W: Tm waiting for a bus and going for a wal

582、k in the park.M: Going for a walk in such a cold weather?W: I always like to go for a walk before a supper.M: I see.Miss Green is a typist and she commutes to work every day. Yesterday she arrived at the office a few minutes before 9 oclock. She took off her hat and coat and put them on thehook on t

583、he wall. Then she went to her desk, took the cover off the computer, sat down and began to type. At half past twelve, Miss Green stopped work and went out to lunch with afriend at a restaurant. After lunch she returned to the office and worked until five oclock. She got home at about a quarter to si

584、x. She went into the bath room, washed her hands andthen went into the sitting-room. She turned on the television and watched the six oclock news. She ate a square meal and went out to cinema. That was a normal day in her life.55. Direction 问路（ 上） （ 7、48、 ）1. Excuse me, could you tell me how to get

585、to the railway station?2. Excuse me, where is the way to the railway station?3. How can I get to the railway station?4. Is this the right way to the railway station?5. Which is the nearest way to the railway station?6. Excuse me, I wonder if you could help me. Tm looking for the Museum.7. Is it far

586、to walk?8. How far is it from here?9. Will it take me long to get there?10. Is there any bus to go there?Dialogue OneA:Excuse me, but could you tell me the way to the railway stationB:The railway station? Just go down this street and turn left at the second corner. The station is at the end of that

587、street.A:How long will it take me to get there?B:Ifs about a ten-minute walk.A:Thafs very clear. I think I can find my way now. Thank you.B:Not at all.Dialogue TwoA:Excuse me. Could you tell me how to get to the laundromat from here?B:The laundromat ?Sorry, I really dont know.A:Well, thanks anyway.

588、(To another man)Excuse me. Could you tell me the way to the laundromat?C:Uh, let me think for a mintue. The laundromat. Ah, yes. Its on Garfield. So, go straight down this road until you come to the bowling alley. Then turn right and walk two blocks.Then go left on Garfield. I think the laundromats

589、in the middle of the block. Yeah, thats right, next to the dnjgstore.A:I see, I go straight to the bowling alley, then right two blocks, and then left. And its next to a drugstore.C:That*s it.A:Is it far away from here?C:Not really.A:Well, thanks very much.C: Youre welcome. Have a good day.A:You too

590、.Dialogue ThreeA:Excuse me, can you tell me the way to the Grand Cinema?B:Fm sorry. I cant. Im a stranger here myself.A:Oh dear. How can I find out?B:Why dont you ask at the post office?A:ThaCs a good idea. Do you know where the post office is?B: Yes. Its at the end of this road.A:I wonder if you co

591、uld tell me where the Grand Cinema is?C:whats the name again?A:The Grand Cinema. Its supposed to be around here somewhere.C:Oh, yeah. It must be that place around the corner on Elm street.A:How far is it from here?C: Youve got to take the No. 402 bus.A:Oh, thanks a lot.小聪明Mr. Adams old grandfather l

592、ived with her and her husband. Every morning he went for a walk in the park and came home at half past twelve for his lunch.But one morning a police car stopped outside Mrs. Adams* house at twelve oclock, and two policeman helped her grandfather to get out. The poor old gentleman lost his way in the

593、park and called us for help, so we sent a car to bring him home, Mrs. Adams was very surprised, but she thanked the policemen and they left.But, Grandfather, M she then side, youve been to the park nearly every day for twenty years. How did you lose your way there?0The old man smiled, closed one eye

594、 and said, nI didnt quite lose my way. I just got tired and I didnt want to walk home!Direction 问 路 （ 下）1. Go straight along this street to the traffic lights.2 .1 think its opposite the bank.3. Its a short drive.4. Its far from here.5. Go straight on, then take the first turning on the left.6. Its

595、about half a mile away.7. Its just across the street.8. Turn right at the second crossing.9. Carry straight on.10. Tm sorry. Fm new around here too.Dial（ 应ue OneA:Excuse me.B:Yes?A:Can you tell me the way to the Peak Tram, please?B:Certainly. Go along Queen*s Road.A:Along Queens Road.B:Yes, and turn

596、 right at the Hilton Hotel.A:Right at the Hilton.B:Then go up Garden Road, past the Cathedral.A:The Cathedral?B:Yes. Then cross the road at the next traffic lights. The Peak Tram is straight ahead. You cant miss it.A:Thatrs very kind of you. Thank you. Er. . have you got a pencil?B:Yes. Why?A:Can yo

597、u repeat all that? I think Id better write it down.Dialogue TwoA:Excuse me, could you tell me how to get to the school clinic? Fve lost my way.B:Yes. Go straight ahead till you come to the traffic lights, tum left there and its the first turning on the right.A:Straight ahead to the traffic lights, l

598、eft and then right.B:Thafs it. ICll take you about five minutes.A:Thank you very much.Dialogue ThreeA:Excuse me, where is the nearest gas station?B:Go along this street to the traffic lights.A:To the traffic lights?B:Thafs right, and turn left at the lights.A:Left at the lights?B:And then right at t

599、he bridge.A:Right at the bridge?B:Yes. The gas station is on the left. And you cant miss it.按 图 索 骥 .Then Kate couldnt find her way home. So she asked the sales girl. The sales girl was drawing a map. She explained it to Kate. Tum right at the book store on the comer. Youll passa supermarket and a s

600、mall shop. Turn left at Second Street. When you see the high school, yoifll know you are going in the right direction. At the high school turn to right, and youll be on Long Street. Theres a bus stop sigh on the comer of Long Street and Third Street. Then cross Third Street. Your house is just over

601、there. Kate took the map from the salesgirl and was on her way home.56. Greetings 问候（ 上） （ 653、 ）1. How are you?2. How is everything?3. Hows eveiything going with you these days?4. How are things going with you?5. Are you well?6. How was your weekend?7. Hows life with you?8. Whafs new with you?Dialo

602、gue OneA:Hi!How are you going?B:Fine, thank you. How are you doing this morning?A:Not bad. How about you? Haven*t seen you for a long time.B:Yes. Tve been to New York. I got back only yesterday.A:Did you enjoy yourself?B:Very much. New York is such a nice place. Shall I show you some photographs?A:T

603、hanks, I like looking at photographs. How nice! Oh, Im afraid I must be going now. Fve got an appointment. Have a good day.B:Ybu too. I hope to see you soon. Goodbye.A:Goodbye.Dialogue TwoA:Hello, Betty, how are you?B:Quite well, Tom. And you?A:Just fine, thank you. Hows your father today?B:Hes much

604、 better today.A:Tm glad to hear that. Bye.B:See your later.Dialogue ThreeA:Hello, Laura.B:Hi, Jane. Are you going to call Ruth?A:Yes, Im calling her now.A:Hello, Ruth. Its me, Laura!C:Laura?Hello!It,s great to hear from you !How are you doing?A:Fm just fine, Ruth, but I still really miss you very mu

605、ch.C:I miss you too, Laura. I dream of the day when we can get together again. Tm determined to see you sometime soon. How are things going with you?A:Pertty good, Ruth. Pm making some new friends, and schools Okay, but, on the other hand, I would lose my mind if I couldn*t talk to you now and then.

606、美国人质逻辑Americans are very informal. They greet each other informally. When they see dose friends, teachers, or someone they know only by sight, they are likely to say Hi in all cases.This doesnt mean they have no more regard for friends than for unfamiliar people. It only means Hi1 serves as a greeti

607、ng for people.But some Americans often expect people from other countries to be very formal if they are polite people. So, an American may be shocked if a foreigner is very informal with him orher. Sometimes it is difficult to know what to do!Greetings 问 候 （ 下）1. Good aftemoon/Aftenioon!2. Glad to m

608、eet you here.3. Good to see you again.4. How nice to see you again.5. Pleased to meet you again.6. Fancy meeting you here.7. Havent seen you for some time.8. Havent seen you for ages.9. Long time no see!10. Very well, thank you.11. All right.12. Not too bad.13. So-so, thanks.14. Pretty good.Dialogue

609、 OneA:Good morning, Mr. Jones!B:Good morning, Miss Bell!A:Nice to see you again.B:Nice to see you too. It*s been a long time.A:How is everything?B:Just fine, and you?A:Quite well, thank you.B:Did you drive yourself to the airport?A:No, I was driven by my husband.B:Did someone meet you at the airport

610、 here?A:Yes, thanks.B:Is this where well be holding the meeting?A:No, the meeting will be held on the fourth floor.Dialogue TwoA:Good evening. Welcome to our program.B:Thank you. Good evening, Mr. Dean.A:Would you tell us your name, please?B:Fm Helen Baker.A:Glad to meet you, Ms. Baker.B:Glad to mee

611、t you, too.A:Where are you from, Ms. Baker?B:Fm from New Zealand.A:What do you do for a living?B:Im a teacher.A:Thank you for coming, Ms. baker.Dialogue ThreeA:Morning, Bob. Fancy meeting you here!B:Morning, Jenny. Havent seen you for ages!A:Well, I thought Id come to see you, so here I am.B:Ybu did

612、 give me a surprise. How have you been?A:Fine, just fine. And you?B:Not so well. Tve come down with the flu.A:Fm sorry to hear that. Take care of yourself.B:It*s really great to see you again. How about a drink tonight?A:Sounds wonderful. When shall we make it?B:How about seven?A:OK.B： ril pick you

613、up.A:Thank you.介绍与打招呼Do you know the difference between greetings and introductions? Let me tell you. Whenever you say hello to someone, whether you are already good friends with them or not, thatis a greeting. Usually we greet people many times a day. But when you dont know someone, and you first l

614、earn that persons name and something about him, that is called anintroduction. So usually all introductions are greetings, but not all greetings are introductions.57. Hospital 医 院 （ 上）（ 9、 14、 、 ）1. How long has it been this way?2. How long have you been like this?3. Did you have pains here before?4

615、 .1 dont think its anything serious.5. Whats the matter with you?6. What seems to be the trouble?7. Whats the trouble?8. Whats wrong with you?Dialogue OneA:Come in and sit down, Jack. Now, whafs the trouble?B:Tve got a tenible pain in my stomach, Doctor.A:I see. When did it start?B:It started yester

616、day. I didnt eat any supper.A:Have you got a temperature?B:I think so. I feel very hot.A:Lets see. Yes. You *ve got quite a high temperature.B:Tve got an awful headache, too, and my throat hurts.A:Hm. . I think you *ve got the flu.B:Is it serious?A:No, not at all, but you must stay in bed for three

617、days and take this medicine.B:How often must I take it?A:Three times a day after meals.B:Thank you, Doctor. Goodbye.Dialogue T， vuA:Whats wrong with you, young man?B:Doctor, I have a bad cough and a headache.A:Do you have a fever?B:I dont know, but I feel terrible.A:Let me examine you. Dont worry. I

618、ts nothing serious.B:Do you think I should lie in bed?A: Yes, stay in bed and drink a lot of water. Your fever will be gone in a day or two.B:OK. Do you think I can play football tomorrow?A:Of course not. You need a good rest.B:OK, Fil listen to you.Dialogue ThreeA:Hello, Anna. Come in and sit down.

619、B:Hello, doctor.A:Whats the matter?B:Tve got a backache.A:Do you often suffer from backache?B:No, I dont. Ive never had a bad one before.A:When did it start?B: About four days ago.A:WelL go home and rest in bed for two days, then youll feel better.B:Can you give me some medicine? Its very painful.A:

620、Yes, Fil give you some pills. Take one a time and three times a day, and come back in three days. If you dont feel.奇闻怪事The doctor was new in town, and took over another doctors patients. One of the new patients was a seventy-four-year old woman. He went to see her. She had been bedridden forforty ye

621、ars.After he examined her, he was very surprised. The woman wasnt sick at all! The woman had influenza when she was thirty-four years old. Her doctor had ordered her to go to bedand stay there until he saw her again.The woman recovered in a few days, but stayed in bed. She waited for the doctor. He

622、never returned. Several weeks passed and the woman found out that she enjoyed life in bed.People waited on her hand and foot, So she refused to get up.At first, her mother took care of her. When her mother died, her brother-in-law moved in and nursed her. For forty years, the woman spent all her tim

623、e in bed.The new doctor called a specialist. The specialist examined the woman, and reported the case to the people around.” . By the time I examined the patient, it was impossible for her to stand on her own two feet. She had not moved from her bed for forty years.The specialist worked with the wom

624、an for several months. Finally, she agreed to get up. The patient lived for three happy, active years until she died at the age of seventy-seven in1978.Hospital 医 院 （ 下）1.1 feel a pain in my left leg.2 .1 feel very bad.3 .1 have a headache.4. My whole body feels weak.5. Let me examine your stomach.6

625、. Let me take your blood pressure.7. Open your mouth please, and show me your tongue.8.1 should think youve got the flu.9. Your pulse is a bit fast.10. Take these tablets twice a day.Dialogue OneA: Well, whats the matter with you?B:Fve got a sore throat and my chest hurts.A: Have you got a headache?

626、B:Yes, I ache all over.A: Are you coughing much?B: A little bit.A:Now, let me listen to your chest. Ah, you have a temperature. Breathe deeply. Thats right. Well, dont worry, it*s only a throat infection. There*s nothing wrong with your lungs.And how is your appetite?B:Ifs gone completely.A:Show me

627、your tongue, please. AH right, stay in bed and keep yourself warm. Fil prescribe some pills for you to take.B:Is that all doctor?A: Yes. Youll be better in a few days, Tm sure.B:Thank you, doctor. Goodbye.A:Goodbye.Dialogue TwoA:Whats the matter with me, Doctor? I feel so tired these days.B:Is your

628、blood pressure, Pm afraid. Its far too high.A:And whafs the cause of that?B:Overwork-amongst other things. You cant work 24 hours a day. Youve got to slow down.A:But I cant just slow down.B:Ybu*ve got to, Im afraid. And look at this. You weigh 200 stones. Thats too much for a man of your size.A:You

629、mean Ive got to lose weight?B:Yes. Youve got to cut down on bread and potatoes and take more exercise.Dialogue ThreeA: Well, good morning, Tom. I havent seen you for a long time.B： rd been feeling pretty well until just a few days ago.A: What seems to be the trouble now?B:I feel run down, tired. Fve

630、 been having headaches almost every day. And Im not getting as much sleep as usually do.A:Have you been eating properly? Eating the right kind of food is important for your health, you know.B:Well, I havent been eating well I guess. I usually only have enough time to grab a sandwich and a cup of cof

631、fee for lunch.A: And what about dinner?B:Sometimes Fm too tired to eat anything at all.A:Thats not good. You dont have a well-balanced diet. Have you been taking vitamin pills?B:I dont like to take any medicine at all without talking it over with a doctor first.称职的心脏病专家Doctor Shade was a heart speci

632、alist. He was an excellent doctor and his examinations were always complete. He listened to the patient*s heart, took his blood pressure andtemperature, gave him an X-ray and examined his eyes and ears.The doctor finally completed his examination and spoke to his patient. He told him that heart trou

633、ble was never a minor illness, but that wasnt a serious heart attack. He advisedlosing some weight, getting plenty of sleep and eating good meals. Smoking and drinking would be harmful, of course. Dr. Shade said it would be necessary to be careful for a while,but he was confident that there was noth

634、ing to worry about.58. Hotel 旅馆（ 上） （ 8、 ）1. Can I book a single room with a private bath for this weekend?2. Can I have a double room for tonight, please?3. Can you let me have a room for a week?4. A single room with a bath, if possible.5. Have you a larger room?6. Have you got a room overlooking t

635、he sea?7. Tm afraid it may be noisy so near the street.8. Do we have to pay the full price for the children?9. How much is the best room in the hotel?10. Does this include the use of the sitting room?Dialogue OneA:Good evening.B:Good evening. My wife and 1 would like a room, please. Is there any roo

636、m available? We dont have a reservation.A:Let me see. Yes, we have one room left. Youre lucky. Its the last one.B:Good. Were tired after driving all day, and were looking forward to relaxing in a comfortable room.A:This room has two double beds. Its number 56 at the rear of the motel. Its quite a co

637、mfortable room.B:How much is it for one night? We only need it for tonight. Were going to continue our trip in the morning.A:Ifs forty-five dollars a night for two. Is anyone else traveling with you?B:No, its just the two of us.A:Would you like to pay for the room in cash or with a credit card?B:Cer

638、dit card. We don*t like to carry much cash with us on our trips.A:Please fill out this registration card. Here is your key. You can park your car in front of our room. Check-out time is noon.B:Thank you very much.A:Thank you, sir. Enjoy your stay with us.Dialogue TwoA: What a charming room! It faces

639、 south, and theres such a lovely view of the city.B:Tm glad you like it. The bell is on the bedside. Just ring if you want anything. The room attendant speaks a little English. So I donl think youll have any trouble.A:No, I shouldnt think so. By the way, is there a socket for my razor?B:I think so.

640、Here it is. Its by the basin.A:Is it a two-pin socket?B:Yes, it is.A:Good, Ive get a two-pin plug.Dialogue ThreeA:Good morning.B:Good morning. Are you through with the cleaning? If not, well come back a little later.A:Never mind, come right in. Tve almost finished. You always keep the room neat and

641、tidy, I must say. It saves me a lot of work, but you should let me do it.B:It doesnt take much time. Im used to tidying up my room myself.A:Its very considerate of you to do so. Do you have any laundry today?B:I have a suit that needs cleaning.A:Let me have it, please. Im taking some laundry downsta

642、irs anyway.旅馆与汽车旅馆A motel is an economical place to stay. Designed primarily for travelers who are driving, motels tend to be on the outskirts of a city or town or on the open highway. The charge for amotel room is usually much less than for a hotel room, although prices vary according to the style

643、and location of the motel.Hotels are usually located within a town or city. They range from luxurious to very simple, with prices at the former being extremely high. Therefore, if you are on a limited budget,dont stay in luxurious hotels unless you have to.59. Information(636vs)1. Can you tell me so

644、mething about it?2. Could you tell me some more about it?3. Id like to know, please, when the plane takes off.4. Could I ask who is in charge of the matter?5 .1 should be interested to know the fact.6 .1 wonder whether you could tell me when the train for New York leaves.7. Did someone tell you the

645、news?8. Do you happen to know anything about TV program for tonight?9. Have you heard that they*ve been dismissed?10. Can you give me any information about the new invention, please?Dialogue OneA: Where do you usually do your shopping, Mrs. Lane?B:I usually go to the supermarket, near the station.A:

646、How do you find the prices there?B:I think they are quite reasonable, and the vegetables are very fresh.A:I see you have bought some coffee. Would you mind telling me how much you paid for it?B:Only 2 dollars and 25 cents.Dialogue TwoA:Where are you going?B:Fm going to Bills house.A:What are you goi

647、ng to do there?B:Im going to help him.A:Whats he doing?B:Hes fixing his roof.Dialogue ThreeA:Excuse me. Im looking for the post office. Can you tell me how to get there from here?B:SoiTy. Tm a stranger here myself. I saw a policeman standing under the traffic lights. He will be able to help you.A:Th

648、ank you.B:Pardon me. How can I get to the post office from here?C:Take the third crossing on the right and go straight on.A:Should I take a bus?C:No. Its only about ten minutes* walk.A:Thank you very much indeed.C:Ifs quite all right.作息时间Im going to tell you something about myself. My name is Jack M

649、artin. Fm a lawyer and I work in an office near here. I work from 9 oclock in the morning until 6 oclock each day.Actually, I work just five days a week. I dont go to work on Saturdays or Sundays. Usually, I have breakfast and dinner at home. I have lunch in a restaurant near my office. In theevenin

650、gs, I sometimes listen to the radio or watch television. I never go to movies. Once in a while I go to a party at a friends house. Every night I go to bed early and go to sleepimmediately. Usually I sleep soundly at night.Information 信 息 （ 下）1.1 heard Mr. Henry is going to resign.2. Somebody has tol

651、d me about that.3. Most marned people fall out over money, you know.4. Tm fully aware of that.5. My information is theyre going to divorce.6. Tm afraid I cant help you there.7. Tm afraid Fve no idea whether its safe to sail in this weather.8. I havent got the slightest idea.9. Im sorry I havent got

652、that information.10. Tm quite in the dark about it.Dialogue OneA:Excuse me. Could you give me some directions?B:What are you looking for?A:A gas station. My car ran out of gas two blocks back.B:Walk straight ahead until you come to the second traffic light.A:Do you know the name of the street?B:I ca

653、n*t remember, but its the second light.A:By the way, do you know the price of the gas now?B:Fm afraid I dont. But I do know the price has gone up.A:Thanks a lot.Dialogue TwoA:Excuse me. Which is the Browns* house?B:The Browns house? Its the fourth house on the left.A: What the number is that?B:Ifs n

654、umber 32.A:Number 32 on the right?B:No, on the left.Dialogue ThreeA:Excuse me. Could you tell me how to get to the library?B:Of course. Its on Memorial Avenue.A:On Memorial Avenue?B:Right. You know where that is?A:Fm afraid I dont. Fm quite new in town.B:Well, do you know where the post office is?A:

655、No, I dont. But I do know where the shopping mall is.B:That wont help us. Let me see now. . . Why dont you follow this street, Elm, until, you get to the second stoplight.A:Well, thank you very much, I hope I can find it.入乡随俗When you arrive in a new place, almost every day you will be confronted wit

656、h situations that require you to obtain information from another person-usually a stranger. For example,you may need to know who is going to pick you up at the aiiport, or which bus to take. In most cases, if you need information, you can ask somebody directly. However, there aresome topics consider

657、ed personal and private that Americans are hesitant to discuss. These include salary, age, weight, and political or religious beliefs.60. Introduction 介绍（ 上） （ 9、 32、 、 ）1. Excuse me. I don*t believe weve met before. Fm Edgar Snow.2. How do you do? I dont think weve met before. My name is Steven Whi

658、te.3. Hello? John Hemy here.4. Hello? My names Thomas Prior.5. Hello, This is Jackson Irving speaking.6. Hello? Im Sidney Carson.7. Hi! Fm Morris Keats.8. Allow me to introduce myself: Jenny Heywood, an engineer from Cambex.9. First let me introduce myself: David Emory, Dean of the English Departmen

659、t.10. May I introduce myself: Donald Ervin?Dialogue OneA:How do you do? My name is Henry Levin, and I will be your teacher for this freshman English course. Now, Id like the students to give the class a self-introduction, so we canget to know each other.B:Hi, my name is Pablo. I was bom here in Miam

660、i, and I like going to the beach.C:Hello, I am Gao Jun, and I just arrived from Beijing. I want to improve my English, and I hope to leam a lot this year.D:Let me introduce myself. My name is Diana parker. Tm the schools librarian. I take care of the books in the library.E:May I introduce myself? Im

661、 James Murphy. Im a clerk. I type letters and reports.F:Hi!I dont think weve met. Tm a nurse. I take care of people who are sick.G:AIlow me to introduce myself. Tm Mr. Peter Harris. Tm the principal of this school. Ifs my job to make sure everything in the school runs smoothly.Dialogue TwoA:An inter

662、esting meeting, isnt it?B:Yes, very. I thought the last speaker was especially good.A:Let me introduce myself, by the way. My names Thomas Bradley.B:How do you do? Im Ted Nugent.A:Sorry, what was your last name again?Bits Nugent, N-U-G-E-N-T, but just call me Ted.A:Ok, Im Tom.B:Glad to meet you.A:An

663、d what do you do, Ted?B:Me?Im in the car business.A:Salesman?B:Yes, thats right. And how about you?A:I work for American Airlines.B:Oh, really? What do you do there exactly?A:Fm in the Personnel Department.Dialogue ThreeA:Hot in here, isn*t it?B:Yeah, really.A:Is it Ok if I sit here?B:Of course. Sui

664、t yourself.A:Thanks. My names Bill Peters, by the way.B:Hi, Im Susan Jackson.A:Nice to meet you. And what do you do, Susan?B:Im a student at UCLA.A:Oh, are you? And what are you studying?B:Medicine.A:Really?B:Yes, I want to be a doctor one of these days, what about you?A:Fm an engineer, I work for B

665、oeing. Say, would you like a drink?B:Sure. Thanks.自我介绍Living in a new environment, you will make many new acquaintances. When you meet someone you do not already know, you will need to introduce yourself. In a self-introductionyou give infonnation about your name, where you come from, what you are d

666、oing, and so on. In a school setting, if you meet your classmates for the first time at the beginning of asemester, you may need to make a detailed self-introduction: your name, where you come from, your major, your hobbies, the unique things about you and so on.Introduction 介绍( 下)1. By the way, do

667、you know each other? John Brown, Susan Smith.2. Have you met Nathan Malcolm?3. Mr. Lynd, I want you to meet Mr. Naomi Service, the director of Canbex Research Institute.4. Meet my brother Walker.5. Look, here * s John! John-Tom, Tom-John.6. Allow me to introduce Mrs. Jenny Sampson, Chaiman of World

668、Wild Life.7. Id like to introduce our director Mr. Sidney Carson.8. Its with great pleasure that I introduce to you Mr. Stanley Young.9. May I introduce Mr. Edgar Thompson.10. May I present Manager of General Electric?Dialogue OneA:Who*s that? Do you know him?B:Thats Li Liang. Hes from China.A:Oh, R

669、eally? What does he do?B:Hes an exchange scholar. Come on, let me introduce you to him. Good afternoon, Li Liang.C:Oh, hi, Hilary, How are you?B:Fine. Li Liang, Td like you to meet my sister, Monica. This is Monica Robert.C:Nice to meet you, Monica.A:Nice to meet you too. Hilary told me youre from C

670、hina.C:Uh-hah.A:Thatrs great. How long have you been here?C:For about six months.A:Is that all? You English is so good!C:Thanks. I had taught English for ten years before I came here.A:Gee!How nice to meet you.C:Nice to meet you too, Monica.Dialogue Three(The doorbell rings, Mr. Carroll opens the do

671、or)A:Good evening, George. Come in.B:Mrs. Carroll. I would like to introduce a friend of mine, if I may: Albert Douglas. Albert, this is Mrs. Elaine Carroll.C:Please to meet you, Mrs. Carroll.A:Tve heard so much about you, Mr. Douglas. Please do come in. Oh, Richie? Darling, Id like you to meet some

672、one a friend of Georges.D:Oh, hello, George. Glad you could make it.B:Hello, Rich. It was very thoughtful of you to invite us.A: Yes, darling, as I was saying, this is Albert Douglas, (to Albert)My Husband, Richard.C:Very nice to meet you, Mr. Canoll.D:The pleasures mine. But call me Rich. Everyone

673、does. Mind if I call you Albert?C:Of course not. But just plain Al” will do.礼仪In making a formal introduction, one person is first presented to another:nMrs. White, I would like to introduce my friend, Bill . Susie, this is Mike. u In general, subordinates arepresented to superiors, men to women, yo

674、unger to older.People must sometimes introduce themselves: for example, at a party, in a new class, or in a new neighborhood. If you meet a new neighbor on the same street or in the hallway ofyour apartment building you might say: Hello, Im Mary Smith(full name). Pve just moved here. The other perso

675、n responds by giving her full name and indicating where he orshe lives.61. Job 工作( 上) (7、 41、 、 )1. Anything that particularly appeals to you?2. Are you familiar with that sort of work?3. Are you still at that work?4. How long did you work there?5. Have you done anything like that before?6 .1 wonder

676、 if youd mind starting next month.7. Tm quite satisfied with your qualifications.8. The pay is good.9. We do have the vacancy.10. Youre just the sort of person we need.Dialogue OneA: Please take a seat.B:Thanks.A:Now what can I do for you?B:Well, Tm looking for a job.A:Fine, but first I need some in

677、formation about you.B:What kind of information do you want?A: Well, first of all, your name. What*s your surname?B:Wilson.A:And your other names?B:Steven Michael.A:Have you got your e-mail address?B:Yes, Ifs Henryleeyahoo. com.A:How old are you?B:Twenty-one.A:Where were you born?B:In California.A: A

678、re you married or single?B:Tm single.A:And what was your last job?B:I was an office boy.Dialogue TwoA:Good morning.B:Er, good morning, yes, er. .A:Tm phoning about the job that was in the paper last night.B:Oh, yes. Erm, well, could you tell me your name, please?A:Oh, Candida Fawcett.B:Oh, yes. Erm,

679、 well, what exactly is it that interests you about the job?A: Well, I just thought that it was right up my street you know.B:Really, hmmmm. Erm, well, could you perhaps tell me a little about yourself?A:Yes, erm, Tm 23. Ive been working abroad, Fm um .B: Where exactly have you been working, please?D

680、iakmue ThreeA:Good. Now what kind of job do you want? Mr. Wilson?B:I dont mind really. Perhaps a job in a shop or a factory.A:Well, I know Browns Biscuit Factory are looking for a porter. They pay $200 a week.B:That sounds all right.A:Good. Now heres the address of the factory. The managers name is.

681、求职Wendy Vale wanted to have a job. She didnt have to work, but she wanted to. Every morning was the same. First she picked up the tea kettle, filled it with water, and turned on thestove. Then she walked into the hall and picked up the morning paper.She opened the paper to the Help WantedM section.

682、She looked at the ads as she sliced some bread and boiled an egg.Wendy carried her breakfast on a tray to the table. She circled the Glamor ad with a pen. There were no other good ads.Right after breakfast, she replied to the ad. She dressed quickly, hurried to the post office, and mailed her reply.

683、A week later, Wendy received an answer to her letter.J o b 工作（ 下）1. Actually I was trained for that sort of job.2.1 got a degree in literature.3 .1 used to work, as a shop assistant.4. Fve just graduated from school.5 .1 want a job with a vacation every year.6. I was thinking of a job in a school.7

684、.1 have a good job in a bank.8. Fm a white collar worker.9. Its demanding, but very interesting.10. We have good working conditions.Dialogue OneA:Have you found another job yet, Sally?B:No, I havent, but Fve seen several interesting advertisements in the paper.A: What kind of job are you looking for

685、?B:Either something in the hotel business or something to do with travel.A: You havent had any experience in either of those fields.B:I know. But Id like to try Look, here are some advertisements that Ive cut out.Dialogue TwoA:Could you tell me what university you went to, Mr. Smith?B:I went to Yale

686、 University.A:Did you? And what did you study?B: I have a B. A. in Economics.A:Would you mind telling me how old you are?B:Fm twenty-seven.A:And could you tell me what other jobs you have had?B:Yes, I have worked in a bank for the last years.A:And what was your salary al the bank?B:I got $500 a week

687、.Dialogue ThreeA:Good afternoon, Mrs. Vale. Please sit down.B:Thank you.A:Did you work as a salesperson before, Mrs. Vale?B:Only as a clerk in a store.A:I see. Well, consulting is a little different.B:Im a quick leaner, Mr. Jenkins.A:Umm hmm. Do you have a drivers license?B:Yes, and Fm a very good d

688、river.A:Fine. We provide a company car for our consultants.B:Do I have to travel a lot?A:Oh yes-five days a week. You have to visit customers all over the territory.B:But how will I get to know the products?A: Youll have to attend a three-week course. If you do well, the job is yours.B:How much is t

689、he salary?A:Starting salary is $150 a week-plus commissions, of course.B:How much commission do your consultants get?A:Five percent.B:Well, Tm very interested in the job.A:Fine. The next course starts a week from tomorrow.B:Thank you.A:Good luck to you.挑剔的老板Michaefs boss talked to him today. In gene

690、ral she doesnt think Michael is doing a good job. He has to do much better. According to the boss, he types too slowly. He should typefaster. In addition, he files too carelessly. He should file more carefully. Furthermore, he speaks on the telephone too quickly. He should speak slower. Michael want

691、s to do well inthe job, and now he knows that he has to try a little harder.62. Library 图书馆（ 上）（ 721、 ）1. Can I borrow these magazines?2. Can you show me how to find books in the stacks here?3. Could you recommend me a book?4. Good, Til take this one.5. Have you got the issue that came out recently?

692、6 .1 want a detective story, please.7. Is this book available?8. Would you please tell me how to use the card catalogue?9. Heres the latest one.10. Tm sorry, but the book is out.Dialogue OneA:Good morning. Mrs. Smith.B:Good morning! Can you help me, please? Fm looking for some books for my mother.A:

693、 Well, what kind of books does she like?BiShes very fond of detective stories?A:I see. Has she read any detective stories?B:Oh, yes!A:Do you know if shes read this one?B:Im not sure, but she probably wont remember if she has! Shes very forgetful!A:Ah!She has a bad memory. How old is she?B:Shes eight

694、y-seven.A:I suggest you take this book. It*s very exciting.B:Thank you. Thats a good idea, she likes exciting books. Can you suggest another one?Dialogue TwoA:Can I help you?B:I hope so. Im looking for some material for a paper Im writing, and Fm not quite sure where to look.A： ril certainly try to

695、help you. What topic is your paper on?B:My paper is on the influence of television on children.A:There are several possible sources you might use for that topic. I suggest you use the computer and the computer will give you a list of every scientific journal that talks aboutchildren and television.B

696、:Thank you for your help.Dialogue ThreeA:Excuse me, could you tell me where you have got that music book?B:Certainly. Let me see. Oh, its on that self.A:Its too high. I cant reach it. Could you help me?B:Of course. Here you are.A:Thank you very much.尽职尽责的怀特夫人Mrs. White works in the school library. S

697、he loves her work because she loves books. In the library there are books on many different subjects. She works very hard and is veryhelpful. She likes the children to read newspapers and books in the reading room. She also likes them to borrow the books. But she is very strict. You must always retu

698、rn your librarybooks on time. One day, a little girl told her that she had lost one book of the library. And the school library has the rule that if someone loses any library book he must pay for it.Mrs. White felt very sorry. Fortunately, another girl found the book. Mrs. white told them that every

699、one should love books and be careful.Library图 书 馆 （ 下）1. How many books can I borrow at a time?2 .1 want to keep it for another two weeks.3. Id like to renew it for one more week.4. How long will you keep it?5. Til get it back as soon as possible.6. Im afraid its been out for some time.7. The book y

700、ou wants on loan.8. Youll have to pay fines if you cant return the book in time.9. Your books are two days overdue.10. You may not keep it for over three weeks.Dialogue OneA:Good morning, Miss.B:Morning. Can I help you?A:Yes, Td like to know how to use the library. You know, Im a new student here.B:

701、A11 you need is your student identification card to check out books.A: Yes. Here*s my identification.B:Thats all you need.A:Thank you very much. By the way, how many books am I allowed to check out?B:Ybu can check out two books at a time. But you cant check out newspapers, magazines and periodicals;

702、 they have to be read within library.A:How long can I keep the books/B:For two weeks. After that you must renew the book if you wish to keep them longer.A:I want a book on physics. Could you show me where I can find it?B:Yes, over there to your left.Dialogue TwoA:Excuse me, Miss.B:Yes. May I help yo

703、u?A:Tm a graduate student here in mathematics. Tve just come from China and Ive never used a western library before. Til be here for five years, so Id like to learn to use the libraryas efficiently as possible. I wonder if someone might have time to show me around.B:Td be very glad to show you aroun

704、d, but Im very busy right now. Could you come back about 3:30?A:Sure. 3:30 this afternoon.B:Good. See you later.A:Thank you. Good-bye.Dialogue ThreeA:Can I help you?B:Yes. Td like to borrow these books.A:Just a second. Til see if I can find diem for you.B:Thanks.A:Here you are. You must return them

705、within a month.B:What happens if Pm not finished with them in a month?A: You can come in and renew them unless someone else has reserved them.B:OK. Thank you very much for your trouble.A:No trouble at all. So long.现代图书管理Today, more and more libraries are using computers to help them organize the vas

706、t amount of information they contain. In many modern libraries, an on-line computer catalog hastaken the place of the old card catalog. In such cases, library patrons must use a computer terminal to find the books they need. The on-line catalog is like a card catalog on computer.Il offers several ad

707、vantages, such as speed and up-to-date information on a books status.63. Post office 邮局（ 上）（ 7、16、 ）1. But if it*s stamps you need, you can get some from the automatic stamp machine on the wall outside.2. You can drop your letter in this red and blue mail box after youve put a stamp on it.3. Can I g

708、et any stamps at this counter?4 .1 need twenty 10-cent stamps.5. That comes to $30 altogether.6. Can I have this money order cashed?7. Youll have to endorse it first.8. Could you give me some airmail stickers?Dialogue OneA:Can I help you?B:I need some stamps for this letter.A: What kind of stamps do

709、 you want?B:How much do I need for this letter?A:I must weigh it first. Err. . Its five grams over weigh, Do you want to send it as an ordinary or registered letter?B:I want it registered. How much is it then?A:Registration plus overweight. . . . err. . . . seven dollars in all.B:Herefs a 10-dollar

710、bill.A:Now, your receipt, and the change.B:Thanks. Good-bye.Dialogue TwoA:Hello, Tve got a letter here that Id like to post.B:Yes, wheres it to, madam?A:Well, the letter is going to a friend of mine in America and it*s quite urgent. It really needs to be posted today, so here you are.B:You want to s

711、end it airmail, madam?A:I do want to send it airmail, yes.Dialogue ThreeA:Give me a pack of first-class stamps, please.B:Here you are. That will be five dollars. Anything else?A: Yes. I want some post cards and some airmail stamps. I want to send some letters to South America.B:Just a moment, Til lo

712、ok up the rate for air-mail letters to South America.A:Can you tell me how much it will cost to send a package to Colombia? Also, I want to know how long it will take.B:Do you have the package with you? I would have to weigh it to see how much it would cost.A:Do you insure package?B:Yes. All you hav

713、e to do declare the value of the package and decide how much you want to insure it for.A:Is there a way that I can be sure that the people in South America receive my package?B:The post office rarely loses package. You can, however, request a return receipt.A:One last question what are your hours?B:

714、We open at eight-thirty in the morning and close at five-thirty in the afternoon.A:Thank you, you helped me a lot.买贺卡Bill and Kate want to send a postcard to their friend Peter. They are going to a post office to buy a postcard. Bill likes one of the postcards. It is the one with the dogs. But Kater

715、emembers that Peter doesnt like dogs. And she likes that one with the boats. It is the one in the middle of the counter. Bill agrees with her and describes it as very nice. A clerkcomes to them to help them. They have a look at that one and decide to buy it. It is six cents. They are very satisfied

716、with the postcard they have bought.邮局( 下)1. Td like to mail a package of books to China.2. How much postage is needed?3. What is the maximum weight?4. The limit is 11 pounds for each package, and the rate is 92 cents per pound.5. Id like to insure it for $40.6. You have to pay an additional 70 cents

717、 for the insured package.7. Please fill out these customs forms for each package.8. Please state clearly the contents and value of each one, ant the name and address of the returnee.Dialogue OneA:Excuse me, Id like to send this parcel.B:Whats in it, please?AJust a few shirts, (showing it to the cler

718、k).B:OK. You may wrap it now. Please fill in this form and label it. (after a moment)Would you like it registered?A:No, Id rather send it by ordinary mail.B:Nine dollars and fifty cents.A: Here you are.B: Heres the receipt.A:Thank you so much.B: Youre welcome.Dialogue TwoA:Fd like to send this parce

719、l to Spain, please.B:Do you want to send it by airmail or by surface mail?A:Well, how long will it take if I send it by surface mail?B:About five weeks.A:Oh, dear. It wont get there for New Years Day if I send it by surface mail. How much will it cost if I send it by air?B:Just a moment. Til weigh i

720、t.Dialogue ThreeA:I have a package to post today.B:Yes, whats in the package, madam?A:Well, it has a cassette record. a cassette tape.B:How would you like to send it?A:By airmail please.B:Do you want to insure it?A: Yes, Td like to insure it for 20 dollars. How much shall I pay altogether?B:3 dollar

721、s.邮局的职能It is very difficult to imagine what modern communications would be like without the postal service. Once you go abroad, post office will be the necessary place you should go to,and the most common form of modem communication is still the letter. We write letters both for business and keeping

722、 in touch with friends and relatives. After we have written theletter, we have to mail it and for that we need stamps. Selling stamps and delivering letters are some of the major tasks of post office. In addition to mailing letters and selling stamps,the post office also accepts and delivers package

723、s, handles money and so on.64. Reservation 预订（ 上） （ 77、 ）1. Are there any beds vacant?2. Can I have a double room for tonight, please?3. Could you reserve a single room for me?4. Have you got any accommodation?5. How much is a room for one night?6. All our rooms are fully occupied.7. Were practicall

724、y full until Sunday, but Ill see.8. Let me see. Oh, yes, you can have a double room on the fifth floor.9. Please fill in the anival card.10. Heres your key and the lifts just round the comer.Dialogue OneA:Hilton Hotel. Can I help you?B:Yes. Td like to make a room reservation.A:Fine. Beginning when?B

725、:Two weeks from Thursday, for three nights.A:Thats the twenty-fourth of June?B:Right.A: Your name, please?B:Robert Hamlin.A:Single or double?B: Double.A: Youre all set. Thats a double room for the twenty-fourth, twenty-fifth and twenty-sixth of June, in the name of Hamlin.Dialogue TwoA:Hello, Room R

726、eservation Service. May I help you?B:Yes. This is Mrs. Davinson. Pd like to reserve a two-room suite for tonight.A:Let me see Yeah, There are two such rooms left. May I have your name please?B:Mrs. Davinson. Mary Davinson. M-A-R-Y, mary. D-A-V-I-N-S-O-N. Davinson.A:OK. Tve got it.B:Thank you. Good-b

727、ye.A:Good-bye.Dialogue ThreeA:Good morning. Do you have a small house for the 18th and 19th of this month?B:Let me see. . . One or two bedrooms?A:One bedroom will be okay.B:Fine, sir. We can accommodate you.A:You do allow pets, dont you?B:No, sir. We dont allow dogs or cats.A:No problem. I dont have

728、 a dog or a cat.B:Fine. See you on the 18th.订房Last year I travelled to the United States. Before I set off, I wrote a letter to a hotel to make room reservation, The letter runs as follows: I should like to book a room for myselffrom August 2nd to 22nd. I require a single room with a bath and a tele

729、phone. I am arriving in San Francisco on the afternoon of the 2nd. As I dont know the city, could you tell mehow to get from the airport to your hotel when you confirm the booking?1Reservation 预 订 （ 下）1. Fd like to book one seat to California on a flight leaving sometime before next Friday.2. There

730、arent any direct flights.3. Youll have to change in San Francisco.4. Do you want to fly first or economy class?5. The exact air fare is $600.6. Id like to reconfirm my flight.7. May I have your flight number please?8. That*s our regular flight to San Francisco.9. YouYe flying economy class, is that

731、coiTect?10. What about the time for departure?11. As scheduled. Please be at the airport at least one hour before departure.Dialuque OneA:Td like to make a reservation to Rome.B:When are you planning to go?A:Pm supposed to be in Rome on the morning of the fourteenth, but I-d rather get there on the

732、evening of the thirteenth.B:What time would you like to leave?A:Late in the afternoon, after work.B:We have a flight at four thirty.A:Thatrs too early. I dont get out of work until five. Do you have a later flight?B:The next flight is at five fifteen and theres another at six thirty.A:Fd better take

733、 the six thirty. It takes quite a while to get to the airport.B:Yes, we have a seat available on that flight on the thirteenth.A:Oh, good. What time does the flight get to Rome?B:The flight only takes an hour and a half. It arrives at eight oclock.Dialogue TwoA:Fd like to make sure my plane reservat

734、ion is in order.B:May I have your flight number, please?A:World Airlines, Flight 201.B:And your name, please?A:John Anderson.B:Yes, sir. Youre booked on Flight 201, leaving in one hour.A:Thank you.Dialogue ThreeA:Hello, can I help you?B:Yes, please. Pd like to make a reservation from Hong Kong to Ta

735、mpa with a stopover in Houston.A:When to leave?B:I would like to leave Hong Kong September the first and leave Houston for Tampa on September the 12th.A:Ok. Can I have your name, please?B:Lily Smith.A:And your telephone number?B:Hong Kong side 3854295.A:OK. Right then.B:Thank you.美国的旅馆In the United

736、States, hotel rooms can be reserved in advance. If you plan to travel, it is always a good idea to book your room ahead of time. This will save you a lot of trouble oflooking for a room, especially during the busy time of the year. Hotels are in the city but motels are usually along the road. They p

737、rovide lodging and parking facilities. At a motelyou can drive your car right up to the front of your room.65. Restaurant。29、 ）1. Could you follow me, please?2. Have you decided on something, sir?3. Would you like to order now?4. And what to follow?5. Anything to drink?6. How about the dessert?7. Ma

738、y I suggest a gold carp soup?8. How do you like your coffee?Dialogue OneA:Would you care to order now, sir?B:Yes. I think we*re ready. Janet?C:Yes. Til have the baked salmon.A: Very good. And what kind of potatoes would you like with that?C:Boiled, please.A: Vegetable?C:Broccoli. Oh, no. Sorry. I th

739、ink Id rather have asparagus.A:The asparagus. Yes, maam. Soup or salad?C:Salad.A:And what kind of dressing would you like on that: Russian cheese, or French?C:F11 take the Russian cheese.A:And what would you like to drink?C:Coffee, but Ill have that later.A: Very good, maam. And you, sir?B:Td like t

740、he veal cutlet.A:Tm sorry, sir, but were all out of the veal cutlet.B:Oh, I see. Well, bring me the steak then.A: Yes, sir. And how would you like that?Dialogue TwoA:Are you ready to order, sir?B:Yes. Can you show me the menu, please?A:Of course. Here you are.B:Then, whats special tonight?A:Our seaf

741、ood is fresh. I recommend shrimp with garlic.B:A11 right. Well have some seafood and vegetables.Dialogue ThreeA:Please show me the menu, Miss.B:Of course. Here you are. Can I take your order now?A:Yes. Fd like an Italian soup to start with and then some fried noodles.B:A11 right. Can I serve you any

742、thing else?A: Yes, Fd like another cup of coffee afterwards. Make it hot, please.B:Ybuve got it, sir.生财之道John and his wife had a small restaurant near a station. The restaurant often stayedwaiting for buses.At two oclock, one morning, a man was still sitting at a table in the small restauraopen unti

743、l the early hours of the morning, because people came to drink there while they werent. He was asleep. Johns wife wanted to go to bed. She looked into the restaurant several times,and each time the man was still there. Then at last she went to her husband and said to him, Youve woken that man six ti

744、mes now, but he isnt drinking anything. Why havent yousent him away? It*s very late. uOh, no, I dont want to send him away, answered her husband with a smile, you see, when I wake him up, he asks for his bill, and when I bring it to him he pays for it. Then hegoes back to sleep again. MRestaurant1.

745、A table for four.2. Could we see the menu, please?3. What have you got?4. Whats todays special?5. Bring me two beers, please.6 .1 prefer seafood.7. This coffees too strong.8. Can I have the bill, please?9. Give me the bill, please.10. Its my round.Dialogue OneA:What would you like to have, sir?B:Fm

746、not sure. What would you recommend?A:W11, our barbecued chicken is very popular. Would you like to have a try?B:It sounds inviting. Pll take that.A:AI1 right, sir. Do you still want some vegetables?B: Yes, please. Thank you.(after the meal)B:Did you enjoy the food?C:Yes, I enjoyed it very much.B:Im

747、glad you liked it. Miss, Til have the bill, please.C:Oh, no, please. Lets split the check. Thats fair.B:A1I right, if you insist.Dialogue TwoA:Could I have some fish?B:Certainly. And what vegetables would you like?A:Oh, spinach, I think.B:Fine, And what about something to drink?A:Just a beer, please

748、.B:Good. Thank you. sir.(a few moments later)A:Would you like to have some more beer?B:No, thanks. I fve had enough. Til have my bill, please.A:Of course. Please wait a moment. Fil go and get it.B:Thank you.Dialogue ThreeA:Good evening, madam, good evening, sir.B:&C:Good evening.A: A table for two?B

749、&C: Yes, please.A:Can I take your order now?B:Well, we dont know veiy much about Indian food. . . er can you help us?A:Certainly!B:Well, whats this cuny like?聪明的食客A French student went to London for his holiday. He thought: I know a little English. I think people can understand me.One day he went to

750、 a restaurant and sat down at the table. He wanted to have a cup of tea and some eggs. Soon the waiter came up to him and asked, Can I help you, sir?1A cup of tea and. . . . he could not remember the English word for eggs. He looked around him, but nobody was eating eggs. Then he saw a magazine on t

751、he table next to him.There was a picture of a cock on its cover. He showed the picture to the waiter. Whats the English for this?* he asked. nA cock, sir, answered the waiter. uWhat do you call a cockswife? was the next question. A hen, sir. And what do you call a hens children?1 Chicks, si匚 ” And w

752、hat do you call chicks before they*re bom?” “Eggs, sir. * very well, saidthe French student, Bring me two eggs, two eggs and a cup of tea, please. And he sat back with a smile on his face.66. Shopping(7、55、 )1. Anything I can do for you?2. What can I do for you?3. Are you looking for some clothes?4

753、.1 want to see the suits.5. Tm looking for some suits.6. What kind would you like?7. What size, please?8. Do you like this ?9. How do you like this pattern?10. Is this suit all right?11. Try this one, please.12. Could I have a look at it?Dialogue OneA:Can I help you, sir?B:Yes, Id like to look at so

754、me suits.A:Oh, this way please. What size do you wear?B:Size 41.1 want something in dark flannel.A:How about this one?B:It feels all right. But if it were a darker color, Id like it better. This seems too light for winter. Do you think you could get me one?A:A11 right. Fil show you something darker.

755、 Do you like this one?B:It looks good. But can I try it on?A:Of course. Let me help you.B:Thanks. Its comfortable. Well, how much is it, please?A:$280.B:Ok. Til take it. Heres the money.Dialogue Tw。A:Can I help you, madam?B:Yes, Tm looking for a cap. Size 16.A:Would you like to try this one on?B:Yes

756、. Its a bit tight. Have you got a bigger one?A:A11 right. How about this one?B:Yes, thats fine. Til take it. Can I pay by check?A:Of course, madam.Dialogue ThreeA:May I help you?B:Yes. Im looking for a green dress.A:What size do you wear? These dresses are on sale.B:I wear size 32. This one looks ni

757、ce. Where may I try it on?A:Come this way. Heres the dressing room.B:How does it look?A: It looks nice. And its not expensive.B:How much is it?A:Ifs only $20.B： m t a k e i t .理智购物Before you go to the supermarket, you should check to see what you have at home. Look in your refrigerator and freezer.

758、Also be sure to check your kitchen cabinets to see if youhave sugar, salt, bread, etc. Then you should make a list of what you need. Organize the list according to the department in the supermarket. For example, list all the dairy productsmilk, eggs, butter, etc. together.At the supermarket, you sho

759、uld buy only what you need and what you can use. Supermarket advertise a lot and offer specials0 because they want you to buy a lot. Be careful. Andremember these important points. Dont shop when youre hungry, tired, or in a hurry, and dont shop when the stores are crowded.Shopping1. Whats the price

760、?2. How much does it cost?3. How much shall I pay for it?4. How much do you ask for it?5. It costs $45.6. The price is marked on the tag. Here, $45, sir.7. Its on sale.8. Thats too dear.9. Thafs a bit more than what I wanted to pay.10. Can you come down a bit?11. 1 suppose they must be veiy expensiv

761、e.12. Have you any bigger sizes?13. This is the right size?14. This one suits me best.Dial（ 应ue OneA: What can I do for you, madam?B:Td like to buy a toy car for my son.A:How about this one?B:It looks nice. How much is it?A:They*re three hundred dollars.B:Oh, Tm afraid its too expensive. Can you sho

762、w me something cheaper?A:OK, This one is one hundred and twenty. Itrs the cheapest here.B:OK, Til take it. Heres the money.A:Thank you very much.Dialogue Tw。A:May I help you?B:Fm looking for a pair of shoes.A: What size do you wear? These shoes are on sale.B:I wear size 36. This pair looks nice. Can

763、 I try them on?A:Of course, yes. They look nice. And theyre not expensive.B:How much are they?A:They are $168.B： ril take them.Dialogue ThreeA:Can I help you, madam?B:Yes, Im looking for a new winter coat.A:Have you any particular color in mind?B:I don*t know really. What*s the fashional color this

764、year?A:Red is very popular.B:Good. Red suits me very well. Ifs a cheerful color, isnt it?A: Yes, madam, I agree. What size are you ?B:Well, I used to be size fourteen, but Ive put on a bit of weight recently, so may be sixteen.A:Here you are, madam. All these are sixteen.B:I quite like this one. How

765、 much is it?A:It*s$180.B:Oh, thats too expensive. Arent there any cheaper ones?A:These are our cheapest coats, madam.B:Yes, I see. Til take it. Heres $200.A:Heres your change.B:Thank you.价格比较诀窍When you are shopping in the supermarket, you should compare prices. To determine the best price, first com

766、pare the net weights. If the net weights of the two items are the same,compare the prices to determine the cheapest.If the net weights are not the same, you have to find out the unit price. The unit price is the price of an item per unit measure, for example, one ounce, one quart, one pound.Supermar

767、kets give you this information. They tell you the name of the item, weight, unit price, and the price that you pay.67. Tailors 裁缝店（ 上） （ 8、 26、 、 ）1. Can you make me a suit from this cloth?2 .1 have this material for a suit.3. Id like to have a suit made with this material, please.4. When will it be

768、 ready?5. All right, well see to it.6. Can you make this dress into a skirt?7. Could I have this coat altered, please?8. Would you show me some patterns?9. I want it a bit fitted around the waist.10. Give me lots of leeway around the legs, please.Dialogue OneA:Excuse me, Td like to make a suit of th

769、is material.B:Well, sir. Can I take your measurements first?A: Yes. Should I take off my coat?B:Thatll be helpful. All right, thank you.A:Please make a single-breasted.B:No, problem. If youll wait one moment, Til make out your receipt.A: How much does it cost?B:Let me see, with padding and lining cl

770、oth, it comes to 357 dollars altogether.A:A11 right. When can get it?B:In two weeks.A:Thank you.Dialogue TwoA:Would you please make a skirt for me with this material please?B:What kind of style do you want?A:I like miniskirt.B:Now let me take your measurements.A: When can I get it?B:Three days later

771、.A:Thank you, see you then.B:Bye-bye.Dialogue ThreeA:Good morning, sir.B:Good morning. Td like a business suit made with this material.A:Do you have a particular style in mind?B:The kind that never goes out of fashion, I guess.A:I think you should realize that even the most conservative style change

772、s.B:Im sure youre right. I just dread the idea of making a new suit every year.A:The changes are usually not that dramatic. We just got some pictures of the latest fashion. Would you like to take a look?B:Good. I think Ill choose this single breasted one. When can I get it?A:Next Friday.B:Thank you.

773、失信的裁缝My friend Jim called to invite me to his wedding the next Sunday. I was very excited because we had not seen each other for several months. I thought this would be a great chancefor us to have a good chat. Besides, I had heard that this girl friend was very beautiful and I couldnt wait to see h

774、ow beautiful she was.But unfortunately, I had no proper clothes for the wedding. So the next morning I went to a tailors and asked the tailor if it would be possible for him to make me a black suit beforeSaturday. He promised that it would be no problem. He took my measurements and asked me to pick

775、up the suit on Friday afternoon. When I got there on my way home from workon Friday, the tailor said he had not made my suit because he could not find my measurements. I was so angry that I yelled at him. He tried to calm me down, saying that he wouldwork all through the night and promised to have i

776、t ready by the next noon. I couldnt trust him any more. So I rushed to a shopping mall and bought a readymade one.Tailor*s裁 缝 店 （ 下）1. May I take your size?2 .1 can alter them a bit.3. We can take up an inch at the legs.4. Its a bit tight.5. It doesnt button up very easily.6. Do you want it shorter

777、or longer?7. Is the suit to be single or double breasted?8. There*re some samples in the shop window.9. Heres the pattern book, you may find something you like here.10. You may try it on tomorrow.Dialogue OneA:Excuse me. Would you please make a suit with this material?B:Sure. May I take your measure

778、ments?A:Please dont make it too tight. This is for autumn wear, so make sure you allow for a cardigan underneath.B:I see, sir. Can you come back for a fitting on the 10th, that*s in a weeks time?A:The 10th? Im sorry, but you see Im going to attend an international conference on the 11th. Could you h

779、ave the suit ready by the 8th, or at the latest, the 9th?B:Well, a business suit usually takes ten days time. But in your case, well try to have it ready sooner. How about coming for your fitting on the 8th? Then your suit will be ready foryou on the 10th?A:ThaCs fine, thank you.Dialogue TwoA:I come

780、 to try my new suit. Heres the receipt.B:Yes, please wait a minute. Til fetch it for you. Here it is. Please try it on and take a look at the mirror. How do you like it?A: Arent the trousers a little too long?B:If you think so, well shorten the legs a bit. Itll take about twenty minutes.A:Very well.

781、 Thank you.B: Youre welcome, sir.Dialogue ThreeA:I would like to have a new suit made. something in a dark blue wool.B:Certainly, sir. Double or single breasted?A:I think I would like the pants pleated. I am not sure about the jacket though as Im a little overweight.B:I see, sir. For a gentleman of

782、your size I would recommend a single-breasted jacket as it does tend to make one look a little slimmer. Just let me take your measurements, Lefs see,neck 41cm, chest 110cm, wait 120cm and inside leg 70cm. You do have short legs, sir.A: Yes, that is why I usually choose dark colours for my business s

783、uits.B:Can you come back in three days for a fitting?A:Certainly.B:Good that way. I can have the suit ready for you two days after that fitting.量体裁衣In North America that tailor has almost disappeared. Except for the wealthy, most people select their clothes from the “ready to wear” rack of a clothin

784、g store. In China we are luckythat there are still tailors working so we can have tailor made or made to measure1 clothing. It is nice to be able to choose ones own material, then discuss the style with thetailor who is measuring you to ensure a good fit. The pleasure of wearing clothing made especi

785、ally for you gives one great satisfaction. In China it is not too expensive to have yourclothing made by hand.68. Taxi（ 5、39、 、）1. Do you think you can get me to the aiiport before 8:00?2. Is this taxi taken?3. Pick me up at the airport at 5:30.4. Please call at 7:00 p. m.5. Please send a taxi to th

786、e Park Hotel.6. Taxi!7. Will you give me a ride to the airport?8. Please take me to this address.9. Can you drive me to the airport?10. To airport, please.Dialogue OneA:Miss, where do you want to go?B:Could you drop me off at the airport?A:No problem.B:Do I need to pay any extra change for my suitca

787、ses?A: Yes, you are changed 50 cents a piece.B:A11 right.Dialogue TwoA:Could you drive me to the bank?B:Of course, maam, Tell me where to go.A:Go down this road and then turn left.B:AI1 right. There we go.Dialogue ThreeA: Where to, maam?B:The Grand Hotel.A:The Grand Hotel?B:Yes. Do you know where it

788、 is?A:No, Madam. I dont think I do.B:It*s the 11th Avenue, Park Street.A:Oh, yes. I know where it is.打的If you take a taxi, try to find out beforehand what the fare will be. When you start your trip, check the taxi meter and make certain it starts at the base rate. When you arrive at yourdestination

789、check the charge against the estimate you received earlier. Fares may be higher late night or during rush hour. Remember that in the United States taxi drivers are entitledto tips, generally about ten percent of the fare.Taxi1. Whered you like to go?2. Where do you wish me to take you?3. WhereYe you

790、 going?4. We should make it if the lights are with us.5. Im not sure, but Til try my best.6 .1 think we can get there in time unless theres a traffic jam.7. Get in, please.8. Don*t woiTy. I can make it.9. Bang the door, please.10. Heres the fare, and this is for you.Dialogue OneA:Where is that?B:Tak

791、e me to the airport, please.A:(while driving)Are you in a hurry?B:I have to be there before 17:00.A: Well make it except a jam. You know it*s rush hour.B:Theres an extra ten in it for you if you can get me there on time.A:F11 do my best.B:(After arriving on time) Heres twenty dollars.A:Do you have s

792、mall bills?B:No. If you cant break it, keep the change. But can you give me a receipt?A:Here is your receipt. Thank you.DialoeueTwoA:Shall we share a taxi?B: Where are you heading now?A:I want to go back to my college on the Huanghe road. It is very close to your house.B:Is that the university next

793、to the Teachers College?A:Thats the one.B:Ybu mean well share the taxi?A:Yeah. If we share the cab, itll be cheaper. Besides that your Chinese is better than mine. The drivers usually have difficulty understanding me even though I practice mypronunciation carefully.B:Well. Dont worry about it, I wil

794、l be happy to share the taxi with you.Dialogue ThreeA:Is this taxi taken?B:No, madam. May I help you?A: Yes. Will you take me to the station?B:No problem. Step in, please.A: Thanks.倒霉的乘客As soon as I walked out of the station, I saw a taxi coming towards me. I waved and it stopped beside me. I got in

795、, banged the door and asked the driver to take me to my friendshouse. My friend had told me that it was only a 15 minutes drive from the station to his house. Unfortunately the driver knew little of the city and couldnt find the street. He drovefrom one street to another and now and then stopped the

796、 car to ask the way. When we finally got to the destination, I found that 40 minutes had passed and I had to pay 30 dollars forthe fare.69. Telephone。 42、 ）1. Could I speak to Ned Mosby, please?2. Could I talk to your manager, please?3. May I speak to Chris, please?4. Can I take a message?5. Could I

797、 take a message for you?6. Do you want to leave a message?7. Would you like to leave a message?8. Hello. This is John here. Whos speaking?9. Yes, speaking.10. This is Kate speaking. Whos that?Dialogue OneA:Hello. This is Longman Company. Can I help you?B:Yes, Td like to speak to Mr. Smith, please.A:

798、Whos speaking, please?B:This is Mr. Bush.A:Hold the line, please. Tm afraid Mr. Smith is engaged now.B:I see. Well, could I speak to secretary, please?A:Just one moment. Fil put you through.C:Hello, Mr. Smiths secretary speaking.B:Oh, hello. This is Mr. Bush. Tm just calling to confirm my appointmen

799、t with Mr. Smith for this afternoon.C:Yes, Mr. Smith is expecting you at 3 oclock.B:Fine, Fil be there at three. Thank you.C:Goodbye.B:Goodbye.Dialogue TwoA： rd like to speak Dr. Johnson.B:Sorry, but he*s not in. May I take a message for you?A:This is Robert Jordan. Would you ask him to call me back

800、, please?B:OK, Til tell him.Dialogue ThreeA:Good morning. Wilson Association.B:This is Mr. Brown speaking. Fd like to speak to Mr. Thomas, please.A:Im sorry, but Mr. Thomas left the office a few minutes ago.B:Thats bad! Ive been trying to call him for the last ten minutes, but your line has been bus

801、y. Will he be back soon?A:Fm afraid not. Hes gone for the rest of the day.B:Is there anywhere I can reach him?A:I dont believe so. Hes going out of town on business. May I take a message?B:I have a business appointment with him for tomonow morning at ten oclock, but Fm afraid I cant make it.A:Would

802、you care to make another appointment?B:Unfortunalely, Tm leaving town rather unexpectedly, and I may be gone for several days.A:I see. I can tell Mr. Thomas that you phoned.B:Thank you.A:Bye-bye.电话的好处多Phones provide simple, economical, but very efficient means to do a lot of things. For example, if

803、you want to make an appointment with somebody, you would normally call up hisoffice and arrange a time either with him or through his secretary. If you want to go to the movies, you call to see whafs playing, ask for the time schedule, and check the prices. Ifyou want to buy something, you would cal

804、l ahead to make sure the store has what you need, and at a good price. If you want to travel, you had better call to find out schedules,prices, ticket information, and reservations.Telephone1. A moment, please.2. Hang on a moment, please.3. Can I put you through to his secretary?4. Hold the line, pl

805、ease.5. Can I leave word for her to call me tomorrow?6. Could you take a message?7. Fil call him back.8. Tell him to give me a call when he returns.9. Tell him Ill call later.10. Have him call Hilton Hotel 4383754, please.Dialogue OneA:Hello. Is Bob there, please?B:Hold on a second please. Fm sony.

806、He has gone out.A:Oh. This is Paul. When will he be back?B:He will be back at about seven oclock.A:Can I leave a message please?B:Yes, certainly.A:Please tell him m call him at the office tomorrow afternoon.B:AI1 right. Til tell him when he comes back.A:Thank you very much.Dialogue TwoA:Hello, may I

807、 speak to Mr. Baker, please?B:Hold on a second, please. Fil see if hes in. Im sorry, Mr. Baker had just gone out. Whos calling?A:This is Jones. Can I leave a message?B:Yes, certainly. Whats that?A:Please tell him to call Mr. Baker at the Grand Restaurant. It*s urgent.B:OK, Til have Mr. Baker call yo

808、u as soon as he comes back.A:Thank you.B: Youre welcome.Dialogue ThreeA:Good morning!B:Can I speak to Miss Cooper please?A:Would you hold on a second, please? Miss Coopers extension is engaged.B:Engaged. Oh, dear! Could you tell her its a long-distance call?A:Fm sorry, sir. I cant interrupt her. Tm

809、sure she wont be very long.B:How long do you think shell be?A:I really cant say how long shell be.B:Can I leave a message, please?A: Yes, certainly.B:Can you tell her Im waiting to speak to her?A:Yes, sir. Til ring her on an inside line if you like.B:Thank you very much.电话的烦恼I had worked hard all da

810、y at the office, and I was looking forward to a relaxing evening at home. Just as I walked in the door, the telephone began to ring. I dashed to answer thephone and found that the caller was a man trying to sell something. I refused and hung up the phone. As I went upstairs to see whether the childr

811、en had finished their homework, thetelephone rang again. I answered it and knew my husband wouldnt be home for dinner. Then I went back downstairs with the children to have dinner. During dinner, the phone rangtwice. Without even answering it, I called to my children, Get ready, were all going to a

812、movie. nGreat! But why? Is seems thats the only way we can get away from thistelephone. * 70. Traffic(6 27vv)1. How could we avoid traffic jam?2. How about the traffic there?3. Are there any traffic problems in that city?4. How can we solve the traffic problem?5. What your bus services like?6. The f

813、light 736 has been delayed because of air traffic, is that right?7. Is the road ahead blocked?8. Would you please drive slowly?9. When will be the railway open to traffic?10. What are the traffic rules there?Dialogue 1M: Taxi! Taxi!W: Where to, sir?M: Fd like to go to the railway station please.W: P

814、lease hop in.M: Is it a long run to the station?W: Itll take about 20 minutes.M: The streets are heavy with traffic at this time of a day, are they?W: Yes, they are.M: Is it the rush hour?W: Yes, it is. Are you in a hurry sir?M: No, Im not. Would you please drive slowly and carefully?W: Yes, sir.Dia

815、logue 2W: How far do we have to go?M: About 50 miles.W: The traffic is not very heavy on this high way, is it? So Fm sure well make it.M: No. but weve got a huny It will be the rush hour soon.W: Dont worry. Theres plenty of time yet.M: But ifs Friday today. This road is always jam packed during the

816、weekend, isnt it?W: Right.Dialogue 3W: Hi, John. What brings you to town?M: Hi, Mary. Lily wanted me to buy her some things for the party.W: What do you think of the traffic today?M: Ils pretty bad.W: Yeah. You can say that again. It?s noisy too.M: I am glad I did not drive a car.When John and Marry

817、 first arrived in China from America, they were not used to the traffic. They found streets were so busy, the traffic was heavy and really noisy. That was notreally a problem to them in New York, where the traffic is also noisy and heavy. The main problem facing John and Mary was the different traff

818、ic rules in China. They were used tocrossing the street at the crossing while the traffic stopped for the pedestrians. Now, they had to learn how to dodge the traffic not only when they crossed the road but sometimeseven on the sidewalks.1. Theres a lot of traffic on the roads.2. We can ease traffic

819、 problems by building more roads.3. Therere traffic jams everywhere.4. The traffic is very heavy now.5. We can go this way to avoid a traffic jam.6. The road ahead is blocked.7. We should be able to make it unless we get car in the traffic jam or something.8. WeH be alright if there?re no hold-ups.9

820、. I think we can make it if we can get a move on.10. Its always the rush hour at this time of a day.Dialogue 1M: Therere traffic jams everywhere.W: I think something must be done.M: Yeah. We should have more roads built.W: I agree with you. Only in this way can we ease the traffic problems.Dialogue

821、2W: This is the rush hour.M: I noticed theres a jam a few blocks away.W: Lets drive off this road.M: Fm afraid Fil be late.Dialogue 3M: Do you like traveling, Kathy?W: I like traveling for pleasure to get places for vacation for instance. But I dont like traveling to work, waiting for buses, or.M: O

822、r getting stuck in traffic jams when youre driving.W: Exactly.Every day as I leave my hotel room for work I feel like I am holding my life in my hands. In the UK, there5re generally 2 lanes for traffic, one in either direction. But here in Beijing,there seem to be 2 or 3 lanes each way on most of th

823、e roads. Drivers swarm in or out of the lanes and make it difficult to me to feel safe when I cross the road. Not only this, but inmajor cities in the UK, it is illegal in many residential areas for cars to drive at more than 30 miles per hour. In Beijing, it seems to be a lot faster. Cars must also

824、 stop at zebracrossings if a pedestrian is waiting. So I stand at the road waiting for cars to stop for me only to find that not one single driver does this. My feeling of safety is not increased evenwhen I am in a car. Taxi drivers here seem more willing to risk moving into another lane full of spe

825、eding traffic if they see even the smallest gap.71. Train（ 7、24、 、 ）1. At which platform is our train?2. Can I take this train to Glasgow?3. Could you tell me how to go to the platform?4. Is it necessary to change trains?5. What time does the train reach Luxembourg?6. What time is it due to arrive?7

826、. When does the next train for Washington leave?8. Which platform is for the train 79?9. Here*s our compartment.10. How long does the train stop here?Dialogue OneA:Can I help you?B:Yes. When is the next train to New York City?A:Let me see. . . the train to New York City. . . here it is. . daily exce

827、pt Sunday at 10:30, 12:20 and 15:10.B: Arent there any trains before 10:30?A:Sorry, not before 10:30.B:Then one to New York at 10:30.A:One way or round trip?B:One way.A:A soft seat or hard one?B:How much is a soft?A:$15. And for a hard one, only $6.B:Then one hard seat, please.A:OK. Here is your cha

828、nge. The train leaves on platform 8.Dialogue TwoA:Excuse me. Does this train go to Brooklyn?B:Yes, it does.A:Do you know when it leaves?B:I think it leaves at two-thirty.Dialogue ThreeA:Excuse me, when is the next train to Los Angeles?B:10:15 a. m.A:Can I get the ticket here?B:Sorry. You have to buy

829、 your ticket at the next counter.A:Thank you.话说火车站A railway station is perhaps the most crowded place in the world. It always leaves me such an impression. People, from almost all parts of the world, rush in and out of railwaystations every day. They are completely strangers. They seldom look into e

830、ach othefs eyes, let alone speaking to each other. But, perhaps, some day if something unusual happens,things will be different. Two strangers might not only get to know each other, but also become life-long friends. So, in some story-tellers eyes a railway station is usually the placewhere stories

831、may happen.Train1. Children can travel half fare.2. For the 12:25 train, you want platform 24 over there.3. If you catch the 9:26 train, youll get there at 5 o*clock the next morning.4. It runs every four hours.5. It takes about three hours, so youll arrive just before 10:45.6. Its a fast one.7. Its

832、 a stopping train.8. Its due in at 9:15.9 .1 want a second-class single to Frankfurt.10. Two one-way tickets to Winchester for tomorrow.Dialogue OneA:Good, morning! Can I help you?B:Good morning. Could you tell me the times of trains to London, please?A:Yes. There are trains at 7:59, 9:18, 10:32 and

833、 11:55.B:What time does the 7:59 get to London ?A:At 9:36. And the 9:18 gets to London at 9:55, the 10:32 at 11:09.B:What about coming back? Id like to come back about 7 p. m.A:There*s one at 19:00 and the next is at 19:40.how much is it?A:Single or retum?B: Return, please.A:If you get on before 4 p

834、. m. or after 6 p. m. there is saver retum which is $ 9. 45, an ordinary return is $ 16. 45.B:An ordinary return, please.Dialogue TwoA:Is there a train leaving for Philadephia?B:Yeah. Theres an express that leaves in twenty minutes.A:May I buy a ticket here at the station?B:Sure.A: Where?B:Go to win

835、dow number eleven.A:Thanks.Dialogue ThreeA:Whats the matter?B:Which subway should I take to get to the East Side?A:Oh, you have to take the shuttle to Grand Central.B:Which train is that? Which platform does it leave from?A:Ifs not on this platform. These trains are uptown and downtown, not crosstow

836、n. You have to go up these stairs over there.幸运的乘客A man intended to travel by train to Manchester. Before setting out, he looked up the times of the trains, and discovered that there was an eight oclock train.As he was walking to the station, he noticed one of his night watchmen. Knowing that the ma

837、n had worked for the railway previously, the man asked him whether the eight oclockwas the faster train.The watchman shook his head solemnly. Usually, the eight oclock is very good, he said. But last night as I was sitting here, I had a terrible dream. In my dream, I saw a wreckedtrain. I knew it wa

838、s tonights eight oclock train. There had been a dreadful accident and everyone in the train had been killed. Dont go on that train tonight.The man, who was superstitious, decided to wait for the next train and he reached Manchester. There, to his horror he learned that the night watchman had been ri

839、ght. The eightoclock train had had an accident and all the passengers had been killed.72. Book（ 33、 、 ）1. 1 could probably get this book through inter-library loan.2. My father recommend this book to me.3. The plot of the book is moving and the language is easygoing.4. Who is the author of the colle

840、ction?5. Have you read Oliver Twist?6. This is a novel about rural life in old China.7. How much do you know about the works of Shakespeare?8. This book is very much in demand.9. Which books are the best sellers this year?10. The book sells well.Dialogue OneA:Whats your favorite book?B:Ifs Gone With

841、 the Wind.A:Why do you like it best?B:I enjoy the various characters and the plot.A:WelL I like the Thom Birds best.B:Is it very interesting?A:Sure. I like the writers language, too.B:If I have a chance, Til enjoy the book.A:Would you like to go to the bookshop with me?B:That*s a good idea. Let*s go

842、!Dialogue Tw。A: Mr. Ben, What do you think of the book?B:It*s an excellent one. I like it very much.A: Why?B:It includes a lot of useful words and phrases.A:I agree with you.Dialogue ThreeA: Whats that book you have under your arm?B:Ifs the best seller everyones been talking about for the last six m

843、onths.A:How in the world did you get a copy? Fve put a hold on it at the public library for weeks and Im still waiting my turn.B:I checked it out of the rental library. It only costs five cents a day.A:Is it really worth paying for?B:I can*t tell yet. I havent got beyond the first chapter.A:If its a

844、ny good, Til buy a copy when it comes out in the pocket edition.买书的原因There are a huge variety of books on sale. Every year, a lot of new titles are published. But what makes a book a best seller? What makes people choose the books they buy?Often a book will sell well because of a television program.

845、 People buy books for pleasure, to find out about particular things or places which interest them, and to give them toothers as presents.73.Car（ 721、 、 ）1. You should ask what mileage it has done when you buy an old car.2. He uses his car for business purposes.3. How many miles to the gallon do you

846、get?4 .1 do a lot of city driving.5 .1 never go faster than 30 on that road.6. Tm doing 45 miles an hour.7. Can you tell me the shape of the car?8. Is it expensive to keep a car in the city?9. How much do you want for the car?10. Ils a uses car.Dialogue OneA:Laura told me today that she has a friend

847、 with a car for sale.B:Oh, she did? Then its a used car of course.A:Yes, its used, but she said it was in very good shape. Ifs a small foreign car.B:What else did she tell you? Did she tell you how many miles there are on it?A:She thinks it has about twenty-five or thirty thousand miles.B:That*s not

848、 bad. What about the price? Did she tell you how much her friend wants for the car?A:Three thousand dollars.B:Three thousand JThats almost too good to be true. Did she say why her friend wants to sell it?A:He lives in the city and you know how expensive it is to keep a car in the city.B:Well, we can

849、 see it for ourselves. Did she tell you when we can go and look at it?A:No, but she gave me her friends telephone number. I can call him and make an appointment.Dialogue TwoA:Oh, there is something wrong with my car.B:Ybur car is rather old. Why not change a new one?A:I want to change a new car. I l

850、ike Honda best, especially the red one. But it is too expensive.B:Oh, there is a car exhibition tomorrow afternoon. I have two tickets. Would you like to go there with me?A:Yeah. Maybe I can find my favorite car in addition to Honda.B:And the bank will offer you loans for twenty years!Dialogue Three

851、A:Hi, Nancy. How are you doing?B:Hi, Tom. Want a cup of coffee?A:Not right now. Ive got to get another car and my old one is blown up.B:Oh, hey, did you look in the classified ads?A: You mean used car?B:No, Ah. single sellers.A:Well, yeah, but Id be getting somebody else*s problem.B:Uh huh. How abou

852、t a used car? Theyve got good ones now.Alts the same kind of deal though, you know, you never know what youie going to get.B:Oh, hey, how about a new car? Theyve got easy loans now. Youd feel so good driving a new car.A:Lets look at them all. Have you got a paper there?爱车一族I bought a new car last we

853、ek. I like it very much. The color of the car is red and it is not very big. When I am free, I like to drive the car on the highway. I dont drive too fast becauseit is dangerous. Sometimes the cities have greater traffic problems and I cant find proper parking space. Its boring. Anyway, I feel more

854、comfortable and convenient in my own car.The car is just like my friend and goes everywhere with me.Car1. Can I park the car here?2. Lets park here.3. Theres a parking lot over there.4. We mustnt park here.5. WeYe not allowed to park here.6. Where can I park the car?7. Be careful, youve passed a pol

855、iceman.8. The traffics not too bad today.9. This is one way traffic.10. We cant exceed the speed limit.Dialogue OneA:We have a holiday next week, dont we?B:Yes, on Monday.A:Whatre you going to do?B:Im probably going to spend the day looking at cars.A:At cars! You arent thinking about buying a car, a

856、re you?B:Yes, I am. Td like to be able to get around a little more.A:But it will be expensive to have a car in the city, wont it?B:Oh, I dont know. Of course, gasoline costs a lot these days.A:But what about parking? You cant park on the street, can you?B:A lot of people do. Til try it for a while a

857、nyway, but I certainly dont want to pay a lot of parking tickets.Dialogue TwoA:Excuse me, sir.B:Yes?A:Is this your car?B: Yes, it is.A:Im afraid youve parked on a double yellow line, sir.B:Good heavens, am I really? Im so sorry, I didnt notice.A:Im sorry, sir, but Ill have to give you a ticket.B:I s

858、ee.A:My I have your name, please, sir?Dialogue ThreeA:Hello. Im answering the ad in the paper about your car. And I wonder if it is still available?B:Yes, ifs still available.A:Good. Can you give me some information about it. . uh. . mileage and the tires and things like that?B:Well, it has got low

859、mileage. The tires are in perfect condition and its in excellent shape.品评汽车Its a great car, but what are the running costs? I mean Im sure it uses a lot of petrol and would be very expensive to keep. But I found the steering very smooth and easy though, andI thought the cars warning lamps were usefu

860、l. In fact if I had money Id probably buy it as Fm not very fond of some of the other new cars Ive seen. Another thing that impressedme about this one was. . . I like the way the heating and ventilation were kept separate thats a really excellent idea its so easy to get mixed up when theyre too clos

861、e together. No, Ithought it was absolutely terrific for someone rich enough!74.Computer(825)1 Could you show me how to use the computer?2 Can you help me set up the computer?3 When did you learn to use the computer?4 Is it difficult to learn word processing?5 What do you usually use your computer fo

862、r?6 Can you teach me some basics about computer?7 Do you know how to copy a file?8 Must I double click it ?9 Is our daily life affected by computer?10 Do you think computers will replace man?Dialoe 1M: Would you please teach me how to use the computer?W:Sure, lets take a look at the menu first.M:Do

863、I have to turn on the computer?W:yes, we can look at the computer and computer menu at the same time. And this will helpM:What should I learn first?W:Right now I ll teach you to open files, save files and copy files. Are you ready?M:I am ready I am going to get, let*s start!Dialog 2.W:Excuse me, can

864、 I use your computer to type my paper?M:No problem.W: I am afraid I cant finish typing it this afternoon. When will you use it tonight?M:Oh, Never mind, I finished my paper. So you can use it tonight.w:Thanks a lot!Dialog3M:There are something wrong with my computer.W:Really, whats wrong with it ?M:

865、The computer doesnt work when I push the power button.w:Oh, do you use your computer often ?M:Yes, I dont know why it doesnt work this time.us undstand both better.w:Dont wony. Have you got receipt with you ?M:Yeah!W:Well go to your house and repair it on Tuesday. Ok?M:OK, Fil expected you around 2

866、oclock ?w:See you then.Good evening, our program tonight focuses on personal computer. Ok, most of you will be working with machine that look like this one on the desk, well start by going over thedifferent parts and what they do. In the center of the desk, its the keyboard and monitor, keyboard has

867、 some special keys, but basically is just like a typewriter keyboard, when youtype something on the keyboard, the words are shown on the monitor. If yoifve already used the computer and stored information in it, that information will be on a disk like this.When you want to look back at something, yo

868、u put the disk into the disk drive. Now, if you want to get a paper copy at whats on the screen, the printer will produce that for you.OK, lets set all of this in motion.Computer1 The computers contains 5 basic sections: input, memory, arithmetic and logic, control, and output.2 Because of its memor

869、y and speed, the computer can consider many more factors than a person can.3 Computers can do simple computations with lovely speed and perfect accuracy.4 Computers can gather a wild range of information for many purposes.5 Computers can store information and pull it out whenever it needed.6 Peoples

870、 brains are a lot more complex than a computer.7 Computers have already changed our lives of millions of people.8 The impact of the computer is amazing.9 We cant depend on computers to do everything for us.10 We should use our brains to think and imagine.Dialogue oneLet*s start to study how to use c

871、omputers, Paubler. Its good to know that a computer has two major parts, the hardware and the software.Whats the hardware?The hardware of computer is basically all the concrete things you can touch with your hands and see with your eyes.Thats seems obvious enough. then what about the software?The so

872、ftware of computer is all the programmers inside the computer that allow you to use the computer to do things.I see, actually the hardware is the easy part, I do want to study how to use the software.Right you are, Paubler, and since what you want to leani is how to use software, we should also leam

873、 to refer to the computer menus.Ever since I saw computer can do your project, I wanted to have a computer.Dialogue twoDo you know much about computers?Not a great deal.Fve just been reading an article about them, theyll be used for all sorts of things now.For accounting system and things like that,

874、 you mean ?Yes, but they are used for other things, too. Do you remember when we went to buy a ticket for the flight to Paris.Yes?The man asked where we want to go, then he type out the information on the form and waited for a reply. A few moment later, he gave us two tickets.Of course, his machine

875、must have been connected to a computer.Thats right.Dialogue threeWellknown, Jim, Im . Im pretty much in favour of your computers, I think computers teach kids to think, because they require logical thoughts.But I. I dont agree with that, because computers weaken kids ability to think, because kids d

876、ont learn basic skills.What do you mean?They cant spell, they cant add, they cant subtract, they even dont remember any more, thafs because they rely on gadgets.Thats not the gadgets. Creating programmers is stimulate thoughts. It engages their imagination and sharpen their mind.The computer is an i

877、mportant factor in our lives, each year, we use computers more and more to help us to connect data and to provide their information, at one time, people thoughtcomputers were only used for banks, department stores and governments, but today, the rapidly increasing number of computers are used for ma

878、ny other purposes. The clothes youwear were probably manufactured with the help of a computer. The newspaper you read could have been edited and typed by a computer. Even TV programs and commercials areoften prepared by computers, there is no reason to think that their uses will decrease. Computer w

879、ill become a greater part of our lives.75.Course（ 7、52、 、 ）1 What courses do you offer for next term?2 Are these courses for beginners?3 When will the courses begin?4 How long will the courses last?5 How many classes are there in a week?6 How much do these courses cost?7 What course does professor S

880、mith teach?8 Why do you enjoy the course?9 Which course do you like best?10 Which subject are you good at?Dialogue 1:Do you offer a course in business management?Yes, we do.How many nights a week is it?Its 3 nights a week, Monday, Tuesday and Thursday.And how long does the course last?It lasts for 9

881、 months.When does it start?The next beginning class starts on October 25th.What time is the class?From 7 to 9 oclock.How much does it cost?It costs 125 dollars a month.Yes, thats all right. I want to enroll in the course.Thank you, please fill out this form for us.Do you want me to fill it out now?Y

882、es, please, we need a record of you education and your work experiences.Dialogue 2Are you studying here?Yes, I am studying in Eastern Asian language department.What are you major in?I major in Japanese.What do you think of the literature course.Its very helpful, the course has let me into a world of

883、 literature. I read so many great literatures.Dialogue 3What courses are you going to take next year?Well, I am certainly going to take chemistry and physics, but I havent decided on the other subjects yet. Id like to take English.Why are you going to take English with chemistry and physics?Because

884、I want to study English literature, but I think chemistry is better for getting a job.Of course it depends on what you are going to do when you leave college. have you decide what you are going to do when you graduated.I am going to be a, well, I hope to be a research chemist.When Mike first anived

885、in London to study his university courses, he was rather homesick, he missed his family a lot, but the person he missed most of all was Colin Smith. Colinwent to the same school as Mike and they were very close friends, Colin left school at the end of four or three and started his work in the garage

886、. Although Mike stayed on at school,he still saw Colin regularly at the weekends, Colin left school because he wanted to be a car mechanic, his boss at the garage sent him to Mosenhel Technical Institute to do a dayrelease a printship course, Mikes younger brother Jimmy knows Colin quite well and of

887、ten calls in at the garage on the way home from school or on Saturday to help out. He wouldlike to leave school and earn his own living like Colin.Course1 Tomorrows deadline for choosing courses.2 Tm trying to take notes.3 This class is gonna be a bell.4 Tell us how to review our lessons please?5 I

888、dont quite understand some difficult points in this unit.6 We have eight courses altogether for this semester.7 You have to make of make up the exam in logic.8 Fil pay attention to my handwriting next time.9 He is good at very subjects.10 We are going to have a series of quiz these days.Dialogue one

889、Come in, come in, what can I do for you ?Professor Donald, are you giving your advanced geology course again next semester?Yes, I am applying on it.I wonder if I could enroll in it. I know it is a graduate course and Im a junior, but.Arent you a bit young? I have a lot of qualified seniors to take t

890、he course and they usually have a hard time keeping up.I know, but geology of the American west is my major interest and I have done a large reading in the field.Well, if you think you are ready, Til let you enroll.Oh, thanks, professor Donald, this is very nice of you.Dialogue twoLeCs program your

891、courses, since you have had English literature, you should take American literature and American prose and fiction. You transcript indicate that your Englishbackground is strong, so I dont think you have any problem with it.How many credits for each course?Three, you also should take two three-credi

892、t-course in education department.Thank you, sir, Tm sure I will.Dialogue threeMarquet, do you think I should enroll in the science course?Yes, I think so, If you want to graduate this year, youve got to take a science course.Right, I figure since you are doing premedical, you know about the very cou

893、rses.Well, I have to take biology, chemistry, maps and physics, what you need is a good introductory course for non-science majors.Yes, I really weak in maps, I did poorly in high school.Thats a problem.Now, Fd like to talk to you about the final exam, the exam will be held next thursday, the last d

894、ay of exam week, remember to bring along 2 or 3 pens in case one is out of ink.Unlike the middle term, this test will not include multiple choice questions.It will consist in entirely essays. You have to answer three of five essays. The exam will be comprehensive, which means you will be responsible

895、 for all of the subjects matter wevecovered in the class. I would suggest you review your middle terms as well as the textbook and your class notes. The final will account for 50 percent of your grading in the course,the research project will account for 20% and middle term 30%.76.Date(38x)1. What d

896、ay is it today?2. What day was it yesterday?3. Whats the date today?4. What was the date yesterday?5. Its May 1st.6. Its Monday.7. Today is Saturday.8. We will meet next Monday.Dialogue LW:What*s the date today Mr. Brown. I don*t have a calendar.M:Today is Tuesday, 25th September, 2001.W:25th Sep? O

897、h, I have an appointment tonight.M:What time is your appointment?W:It is at 8 oclock.M:What time is now? Do you have the conect time?W:I dont know what time it is.It must be about 6 oclock. I have to go now. I dont want to be late.M:You wont be late. It*s still early.Dialoe 2.W:John, my father isnt

898、there at all. Are you kidding?M:Cool, fellow, whafs the date today, buddy?Wilts. . oh ifs the 1st April, April Fool*s Day.M:You forgot all of about it, didnt you ?Dialog 3 M:When were you bom may I ask?W:On 20th May 1963.M:Do you know what it was according to the lunar calendar?W:27th day of the fou

899、rth month.M:By the way, could you tell me when the film will begin?W:It will begin at 5:30.M:I am afraid I cant be there on time.W:You can see it tomorrow.M:I donl want to miss it today.W:See you.M:See you.Monday is not my best day and last Monday was the worst at all.I forgot to wind up my alarm cl

900、ock the night before. So I woke up late. I try to huny because I didnt want to be late for work. First, I burnt my breakfast and couldnt eat it. Then, Igot coffee on my blouse and had to change it. At noon, I want to relax. I went shopping for some new clothes. I was trying on blouses when I look at

901、 my watch. It was 1 oclock.Its time to work again.In a hurry, I drop my blouse on the table and started to leave with the new blouse on. The clerk called: Hey, lady, are you going to pay for that?My face got red, everyone was looking at me.77.Describing people(55rv)1. How does she look like?2. what

902、do you think of her?3. whats the color of her hair?4. What happened to her?5. Have you seen her lately?6. You look great in that suit, dont you?7. Judging from her appearance, she must be a dancer, am I right?Dialogue oneW: My friend Jane is very beautiful.M: Whats her figure?W: Perfect. And I like

903、her charming eyes, too.M: Whats the color of her eyes?W: Dark blue.M: how old is she?W: Twenty.Dialogue twoM: This is my friend Jenny.W: Whats her last name?M: Its Snow.W: What color are her eyes?M: Theyre blue.W: What color is her hair?M: Its brown.W: How old is she?M: Shek 42.Dialogue threeW: Bill

904、, how can you hear so happy today?M: Aha. Tve read of my roommate. I made a move today.W: Really? What was the matter?M: You knew Brain Locker?W: Brain Locker? No, I dont think so. What does he look like?M: Well, hes thin and tall. He has brown hair, a holt nose, green eyes and wearing glasses.W: Mm

905、. Fve seen him a couple of times, I think.This is Edward Hosley. Hes called Ted for short. Hes a pleasant young man. Hes good looking and he has got many friends of his own age. Hes 24. Hes got a job in the office of alarge factory not far from his home, where he works five days a week, Monday to Fr

906、iday, nine oclock to five thirty. He lives with his parents and gives his mother some moneyevery week for food and other living expenses. He is happy to live at home. He has one luxury a small car, which he bought second-hand. At weekend, he often comes to my houseto play with me or we go travelling

907、 together. We enjoy a happy time together.Describing People1. Hes tall and strong.2. He must be kind.3. Hes a very serious person.4. Shes a sweet housewife.5. My girlfriend has got long black hair.6. Her husband is five feet two inches tall7. My daughter is a bit short-sighted.8. He likes to wear co

908、nservative clothes.9. He graduated from college in 1999.10. She*s fund of watching TV.Dialogue oneM: Guess who I saw yesterday?W: Who?M: My cousin Monik. Have you seen her lately?W: Not for a couple of years. What happened to her?M: Nothing exactly. Shes grown into a very attractive young lady.W: Oh

909、, she is.M: You know, her long lovely blond hair and beautiful blue eyes really make her stand out from others.W: Not surprising. I bet shes very tall and slim.M: Yean. Around five feet five inches tall.Dialogue tw。W: Tonny looks very handsome in the suit.M: He prefers suits to jackets.W: Judging fr

910、om his look, hes a very serious person.M: As a matter of fact, he is.Dialogue threeM: This is my aunt.W: What does she do? She looks pretty.M: She is a nurse.W: She must be kind and careful.M: Exactly.Gorge was my friend a few years ago. But he isnt my friend anymore. A few years ago, he was poor. N

911、ow, he is rich, when I knew him, he worn shabby clothes, was very thin andlived in a small apartment. He rode a bicycle. He was quick-tempered and whenever he got into trouble, he turned to me for help. He was an art student then and had to work hardduring holidays to help pay his way. Then he met L

912、inda. Linda has a very rich father and Gorge married her. Now he wears expensive clothes, is rather fat and lives in a huge house.He drives a fast sports car. He*s never in trouble I guess, and hes never turned out since he got married.78.Diet（ 724、 ）1. Do put yourself on the diet, otherwise you wil

913、l be too fat.2 . 1 cant bear eating less.3. But I think I eat it too much.4. Are you on the diet now?5. You need diet.6. You got to eat the things on the list.7 .1 eat my diet at lunch time.8. The doctor put her on the diet.9. Do you think going on the diet is a good way to keep fit?Dialogue 1:Oh de

914、ar, my weight has gone up again.I am not suiprised, you eat too much.And I suppose sitting at the desk all day in the office doesnt help.No, I wouldnt think so.I do wish I could lose weight.Well, why dont you go on the diet?Eve tried diets before but theyve never worked.Perhaps you should exercise m

915、ore. Why dont you go to an exercise class.Yes, maybe I should.Dialogue 2:Hi Jane, you look great.You too. Have you lost some weight?Yes, I took off 4 kilos. I am glad you notice it.Not some crazy diet fat I hope.No no, I just changed my eating habits. I eat a balance meal, and I eat less than before

916、.Good for you, keep it up.Dialogue 3:Peter, how often do you exercise?Well, I swim and run every day.Now, tell me, what do you eat?Well, I dont eat any meat, but I do eat fish and eggs.Do you eat a lot of vegetables?Oh yes, and fruit, I love fruit.What do you drink?Well, I never drink alcohol, coffe

917、e or tea. They are very bad for you.What do you drink?I drink a lot of milk. Its very good for you. I have milk and sugar with my cereal every morning. In order to stay healthy, its important to help balance the diet. In other words, foodthat contains something from each of the 3 main groups of food

918、. These groups are protein, carbohydrate and fat. Proteins are very important for building our bodies. They help us tobuild new cells as old ones die. Meat and made products are major source of protein, but not the only ones. We can also get protein from fish, eggs and beans. Carbohydrate and fatare

919、 important to enable us to store energy. They provide fuel for the body. Carbohydrate are found in sugar and then cereal such as rice, maize and wheat. Fat are found in vegetableoil in butter and nuts. Our bodies also need minerals, such as island calcium and vitamins.Fish, vegetables and milk conta

920、in most of the minerals we need. Vitamins are found in fresh vegetables and fruits.Diet:1. What*s your weight?2. My weight has dropped from 150 pounds to 120.3. I lost weight in spite of my good after diet.4. Are you still using the sleeping pillows?5. I am afraid I am putting on weight.6 .1 have to

921、 watch my weight.7. I am gaining weight these days.8. Thats ridiculous for you to lose weight.9. You should actually gain some weight.10. Meat has too many calories.Dialogue 1:Linda, would you care for some candies or cookies?No, dont try to tend me. Im becoming chubby, and I have to slender down.Yo

922、u are not really chubby. You are actually thin enough.I dont think so. I know Fve put on weight this winter.So you are watching your weight, arent you?Yes, to tell you the truth. I am on the diet.Dialogue 2:Alison, would you like to have some more?No thanks. I have it enough.Actually you havent have

923、 much.To tell you the truth, I am on the diet.That sounds ridiculous. Why?Well, I am gaining weight these days, and I have to watch my calories.Dialogue 3:How can I lose weight, doctor? I seem to get fatter even when I just no eat food?Well, Jim. It is a combination of how much you eat, the type of

924、food you eat, and when you eat your meals.I never eat breakfast though.Thats a big mistake, you should always have a good breakfast. You will not run your car without fuel, and as well you wont expect your body to work without food.I never thought about it that way.I bet you eat a large evening meal

925、, then sit and watch TV or read a book. Then instead of burning off your energy, your body stores it as fat.Oh doctor, I feel so foolish.Well control is really using common sense when you plan your eating habits.I know doctor, thank you so much.Thats ok. Its important for all people to take care wit

926、h their diet. A good diet can improve the lank of your life. And what just is important a good diet can improve the quality ofyour life. We all know the benefit of a balance diet with a lot of fruit and vegetables, a little meat, some grains and some milk. Three small balance meals every day are bet

927、ter for usthan one huge meal. Certainly we cannot all be fashion models, that will be silly. But if we watch our diet, and become exceptive of our body shape, we can all live longer andhappier.79.English(T36x)1. When did you start learning English?2. How did you feel about English when you first hea

928、rd it spoken?3. Do you practice speaking English a lot?4. Are you learning any other foreign language besides English?5. How do you try to enlarge your English vocabulary?6. Have you ever thought of giving up your English study?7. Do you think one can learn English quite well in just a few months?8.

929、 Have you made much progress in English?Dialogue OneA: Are you studying any languages here?B:Yes, Im studying in the Foreign Languages Department.A:What are you majoring in?B:Im majoring in English.A:Is it difficult to learn?B:Yes. The language is hard to learn, but its interesting.A:Do you know any

930、thing about Britain and America?B:Fm reading a lot of books about the two countries. I like the culture.A:Right. Its important to learn the culture of a nation if you want to learn the language well.BiYouie right.Dialogue TwoA:What do you like to do with your free time?B:Study English.A: You mean yo

931、u like to study English? Why?B:It gives me great satisfaction.A:Studying English wouldnt give me any satisfaction. It*s hard work.B:I dont mind the work. I think its worthwhile.Dialogue ThreeA:Do you speak only English in the class, or does your teacher explain everything to you in Spanish?B:Oh, we

932、never speak Spanish in class! Miss. Parker speaks to us only in English.A:I suppose she*s right. Does she speak English very slowly?B:Not always. Sometimes we dont understand her. Then she has to repeat what she said.A:It must be interesting to study English.B:Mario and I are the best students in th

933、e class. Miss. Parker says that my pronunciation is very good.A:Is English pronunciation easy or difficult?B:Sometimes its difficult. Some words look different from the way one pronounces them.英语的种类There are two main families of Standard English, the American and the British. American English is spo

934、ken in the USA and in Canada. British English is spoken in the West Indies,Britain, Australia, New Zealand and Africa. However, many other parts of the world also use English. In India English is an official language still and there is a special kind ofIndian English. In several African countries, s

935、uch as Nigeria and Ghana, English is spoken in schools and colleges. In many sciences English is the language of communication.There are about 300 million people who speak English as a first language, and there are another 300 million who use it as a second language. So English is now an internation

936、allanguage and is useful to people who never go to England.English1. We should learn and master idiomatic English.2. You should improve your oral English.3. Theyve already had a good command of the English language.4. This word doesnt go with the verb.5. Although he can speak English pretty well, he

937、 still doesnt know enough vocabulary.6. He reads a lot in English, so his reading comprehension is better than others.Dialogue OneA:Hi, my name is Lvan, and Im from Russia.B:Nice to meet you, Lvan. My name is Akiko. Fm from Japan.A:To me English is a difficult language.B:A second language is always

938、difficult.A:True, but English is harder than most. Its a crazy language.B:A crazy language? Why do you say that?A:One letter can have several pronunciations and one word can have several meanings.B:No wonder you say English is a crazy language.Dialogue TwoA:Are there many idioms in English?B:There a

939、re hundreds and hundreds. English is particularly rich in idiomatic expressions.A:Can you give us an example?B:Mril look up the rate. H To look up doesnt mean to look high into the sky or to look at the roof. It means to search for and find some information.A:What about the expression goodbye? Is th

940、at an idiom?B:That is just a natural, grammatical English expression. It has a direct translation in other languages.A:This is interesting, Ms. Parker.Dialogue ThreeA:Well, you seem to enjoy speaking English.B:Ybu cant help learning when youre using it all day. Youll see. A few weeks* study in the s

941、chool will have a similar effect on you.A:I hope so. You see, at the moment I find it difficult to get used to the teachers speed and accent. Tm awfully worried, I cant reply as quickly as she seems to expect.B:Oh, she likes keeping us on our toes by getting us use English throughout the class. She

942、doesnt mind your making mistakes, though.A: You know, speaking in class is a very good chance to put your English to practical use.英语漫谈English is the worlds most widely used language. As a native language, English is spoken by more than three hundred million people: in the U. S. , England, Australia

943、, Canada andNew Zealand. In some other countries. English is often necessary for business, education, information and other activities. So English is the second language there.As a foreign language, no other language is more widely studied or used than English. We use it to listen to radio, to read

944、books or to travel. It is also one of the working languagesin the United Nations and is more used than the others.80. Exercise(83(T)1. Thats the result of exercise.2. Tm starting working out from now on.3. Your muscular shoulders and chest impress me deeply.4. She has such a shaip figure.5. Shes a t

945、eacher of aerobics.6 .1 can see youve got some color back in your cheeks.7 .1 feel young, fresh and energetic.8. Youre full of energy every day.9. You should do sport to keep young.10. Im in perfect health.Dialogue OneA:Say, Jim, how about going for a few beers after dinner?B:You know that is tempti

946、ng but is really not good for our fitness.A:What do you mean? It will help us to relax.B:Do you really think so? I dont. It will just make us fat and act silly. Remember last time?A:I guess you are right. But what shall we do? I don*t feel like sitting at home.B:I suggest a walk over to the gym wher

947、e we can play pingpang and meet some of our friends.A:Thats a good idea. I hear Mary and Sally often go there to play pingpong. Perhaps we can make a foursome with them.B:Sounds great to me! If they are willing, we could ask them to go dancing with us. That is excellent exercise and fun, too.A:Good.

948、 Lets go now.B:A11 right.Dialogue TwoA:Hi Bill, I saw your grandma yesterday.B:Oh where was that?A:I was running around the track at my college and there she was walking around the same track.B:Grannie always tries to stay fit and healthy. She is always making us kids eat the proper foods.A:Well, it

949、 pays off for he匚 How old is she anyway?B:She will be 86 next month.A:That is truly amazing!Dialogue ThreeA:I work so hard that I do not have the energy to exercise.B:That is just an excuse. You can always find some time to exercise.A:But I work hard all the time for long hours. Often I have no time

950、 for lunch. Yet, I am still getting fatter.you know that work is not the same as exercise as it is stressful but not relaxing. And skipping meals will not help you lose weight. In fact your body will only store fat if youmiss meals.A:I know youre right, but what can I do?B:How about going for a walk

951、 instead of sitting on the sofa reading the newspaper after dinner every night?A:But Fil miss the news. ICs important in my business to keep up with events in China.B:I know, I know. Have you got a portable radio? You can listen to the news and get healthy at the same time.A:That*s a good idea!锻炼有助日

952、健康As we all know exercise, diet and fitness go hand in hand to make for a happy life. As we age our joints become stiff and we become less flexible. A real problem for many seniorcitizens. Yet there is a way to improve the situation. That is through regular exercising. In China we often see elderly

953、people stretching their arms, legs and backs as they exerciseearly in the moming. That way they can stay mobile and do not have to depend much on their children for help. If we start a regular exercise program now and continue as we age,our later years will be healthier and happier.Exercise1. I find

954、 jogging does good to me.2 .1 attend an aerobic class three times a week.3. Have the aerobic classes any effect on you?4. My favorite sports is tennis.5. Where do you like to go for swimming?6. What style of swimming do you like best?7. I stick to my dream of being a good runner.8. They also love ba

955、sketball, everybody knows about NBA.9. Can you play golf?10. Lifting weights can help you build strong muscles.Dialogue OneA:Ahh. . What a fine day! I do feel like an outdoor exercise.B:How about taking a walk in the park?A:OK. Its delightful to have a walk in the park with the air so fresh.B:(After

956、 they enter the park) Oh, its so quiet here. We have the park to ourselves, only you and me!A:Don*t you see many people over there? Just on your left.B:Oh, I see them. Some are doing Taijiquan, some are performing swordplay, some are practicing the Chinese Wushu.A:A growing keep-fit fever is sweepin

957、g over China.Dialogue TwoA:Going to the gym tonight, Mary?B:Yes, Sally. I want to do some sit-ups and perhaps get in a game of pingpong.A:That sounds like fun. Would you mind some company?B： rd love it. Working out is more fun with a friend.A:F11 get my things and meet you there.B:Good. If you happe

958、n to see Jim and Bob on the way see if they would like a game of pingpong.Dialogue ThreeA:Ah, ah, ah.B:A11 right, Bill. Heres your daily exercise schedule. You are to jog before breakfast.A:Jog?B:Then, you are to walk to work.A:Walk?B:Thirty minutes in gym at lunch time.A:Oh no.B:Use the stairs, nev

959、er the elevator.A:Oh, dear.B:And three times a week, you can either swim, play racket ball, or hand ball.A:Oh no.B:OK, you can stop now. Its time for the dance class.A:Dance class! I dont know how.B:You will.A:Oh.真正的健康Many people think that fitness means having the body of a body builder. That is no

960、t true. I know many people who are elderly and are still very fit. That is because they watch theirdiet and stay active, Activity for the mind and for the body combined with a sensible diet can keep a person healthy well into later years. When we become inactive we are likely tobecome ill. Our body

961、loses the power to defend itself against disease and an inactive mind loses its will to care. I think true health and fitness is a combination of physical, mentaland emotional activity.81. Festival(6 36v)l. The spring festival seems to be the most important holiday in China2. Christmas spirit means

962、its better to give than to receive.3. We usually have a month off for Easter.4. Halloween is a fine day mainly for children5. We have a special kind of cake when we celebrate the mid-autumn festival6. We always go and have a look at fireworks on new years eve7. Santa Claus doesnt bring toys lo bad c

963、hildren8. Turkey is the center piece of thanksgiving dayDialoeuel:M:your family must be busy shopping for Christmas, nowW:Oh yeah and decorating the house too was colored paper and pictures. They will put a Christmas tree just inside the front door, pained toys and colored electric lights along theb

964、ranches and plays all the gift packages under itM:Woo, your home will beautiful on Christmas.W; Sure our thingM:I do wish your Christmas and happy new yearW:ThanksDiak) Hiie2:W:Tell me something about your Valentines DayM:Ok, on that day, boys usually give roses to the sweet hearts and girls give th

965、em chocolate in return.W:So romantic. Young people must have lot of funM:Yeah, that is, the holiday is hot, isnt it?Dialogue3:M:Tm so glad that the spring festival is near at handW:me. too I like the festival best of allM:Think of the big face down the eve, hmmW:And special TV programs, fire cracker

966、s and the games to playM:Hey, do you know any mystery belief serve the festival?W: Such asM: You know why fire crackers are set off in festival.W:Why? To welcome the new year of courseM:And also to frighten away evil spiritsW:Really?M:And my parents say the whole year will be as good or as bad as ne

967、w year day itself and bad or rude words on the day will bring a bad year.W:Oh, thats why my parents never scold me that day. they always try to avoid tears and quarrels.W: Christmas season is the festival time of the year in U. S. A. the students may have a two-week vacation, although no one knows e

968、xactly when Jesus was bom. Christiansthroughout the world celebrate his birthday on the December 25th. in the U. s, the spirit of Christmas arrives about in November, street lights and store windows are decorated withthe traditional Christmas colors of red and green, snowman、Santa Claus, shoppers an

969、d angels appear in shop windows. Children always hang stockings near the chimney andpeople exchange gifts. Everyone will have a happy Christmas.82 Food ( 食物上) (614 )1、how about having Chinese food for a change?2 what kind of Chinese food do you serve?3、would you like it rare, medium or well-done?4、c

970、ould you pass me a loaf of bread?5、which dish do you like most?6、whats for today*s breakfast?7、when was com first brought to china?8 what do you think of the eggs I bought yesterday?Dialogue OneA:vhat kind of seafood do you have?B:crabmeat, clams, oysters and lobster;A:can I have a crab meat salad a

971、nd some dams?B:would you like them steamed or baked?A:steamed. NO, hold on a second, switch that to baked.B:all rightDialogue Two?A:Sally, what do we have for dinnerB:What would you like to have?A:Well, I quit breakfast, so I had a rich lunch. I feel like having something milk for dinnerB:In that ca

972、se, what about having some noodles?A:Noodles are fine. Or maybe Pll have some porridge.B:AI1 right. Pll cook for you.Dialogue ThreeA:How do you like the food here?B:I dont like it very much. But every-body likes their own food best.A:There are manythings I miss. You cant get the ingredients here.B:A

973、re you sure? All the big cities have specialty shops, which sell all sorts of ethnic foods.A:Perhaps. I just haven*t had time to find them yet.夏季食物的保存During the summer you should be even more careful than usual of the food you prepare. Food spoils faster in hot weather than in cold weather. When you

974、 are shopping to buy frozenrefrigerated foods, dont make long stops on the way home, because frozen food could become soft. When you get home, put meat, fish, milk and milk products in the refrigeratorimmediately. When camping or picnicking or at any time when refrigeration is impossible, use specia

975、l dry foods, dont leave foods in a hot car. picnic favorites like meat, chicken,and eggs should be kept in a cooker, about all, if some food doesnt seem to be normal in color or appearance, throw it away at once, dont taste it.83. House。 19、 ）1. I saw a sign apartment to rent outside.2. Is it furnis

976、hed?3. You have to buy your own furniture.4. How much is the rent?5. How long is the lease?6. When can I move in?7. There isnt enough light and air.8. You have to deposit two month of rent in advance.Dialogue 1.Can I help you?Yes, Im looking for a house.To buy or to rent?Oh, to rent.How much do you

977、want to pay?About 300 a month.Well, Tve got one here. Its 260 a month.How big is it?Its got a kitchen, a bathroom, and one bedroom.Well, actually I prefer something a bit bigger if thats possible.Yes, I think so. There is also an interesting one. It*s opposite the park.How much is it?Its 325 a month

978、. Its the biggest weve got in this area.Whats it like?Well, Therere two bedrooms, a sitting room, a kitchen and a bathroom.It sounds interesting. Can I go and see it?Of course, Sir.Dialogue 2.Hello, May I help you?Yes, were interested in seeing the rooms for rent.Oh, how nice! there are bright rooms

979、 and the house is very quiet.That is exactly what were looking for.Well, each room is 40 dollars a week.That sounds all right to us.When do you want to move in?How about tomorrow afternoon?Fine, Til be expecting you.See you tomorrow.Dialogue 3.How many rooms are you looking for?Oh, four or five. How

980、 much is the rent for this apartment?150 a month.150? No, Im not really interested in this place. It isnt big enough. It isnt near enough to my office.Rents are very high in downtown area. Last week I rented a lovely room to live in.Its quite a nice size and I liked the light green paint very much.

981、The most satisfactory thing is that it has a garden and I can sit in it and relax. The kitchen is big enough, and thefireplace has enough central heating. The bathroom is we 1 1 -decorated and the facilities are new. The land lady told me some house rules, she said smoking in the room is not allowed

982、and I agreed, in general, I feel very lucky to rent such a house to live in.House1. What kind of house do you want to buy?2. How are you going to decorate the house?3. Im going to paint the walls white.4. Is this same clicking again?5. Could you tell me something about the house?6. Theres quite a bi

983、g sitting room and a kitchen.7. Now were living out the suburbs.8. We bought the house last year.Dialogue 1.Have you got your invitation yet?My invitation? No, I havent. My invitation to what?The house warming party.Whose house wanning party is it?Tom and Bill Smith. They are both working now you kn

984、ow? And theyve bought a new house.Oh, they have? I didnt know. I havent seen Tom lately.Its out in the suburbs.Have you seen the house?Yes, I have. I went out with them last weekend.Is it nice?Yes, it is. There are three bedrooms, a living room, a dining room, and a big kitchen.There*s also a garden

985、.Well, that does sound nice. Have they moved in yet?They are moving today. Toms taken the day off. He*s rented a truck, and they should have all their furniture in the house tonight.When are they going to have the party?Next Saturday night. You should get your invitation today or tomorrow.Wow, that

986、would be something to look forward to.Dialogue 2 What a terrible house!Im sick of it, too.The doorbell doesnt work, theres no hot water, and the building is falling apart.Its no use complaining. If we had got enough money, we couldnt put up with it, and would have moved out.Sure.Dialogue 3What are y

987、ou doing to your house?Were redecorating our living room.What are you going to do to it?First, were going to change the curtains, then were going to paint the walls.What color are you going to paint them?Pale yellow.What else are you going to do ?Were going to put in some new furniture.Last month I

988、bought a new house, whats it like? Well, on the ground floor, theres a living room, a dining room and a kitchen, on the first floor thereYe three bedrooMs. the twosmall ones are for our son Peter and our daughter HaziL Theyre going to decorate their bedrooMs. Hazil is going to paint hers green, and

989、Peter is going to paint his blue. Theresone other bedroom, my wifes and mine, opposite the other two. It has brown and white walls. This afternoon the house was almost empty, theres almost no furniture in it. neitherthe dining room nor the living room has any chairs or tables. There are no carpets o

990、n the floors anywhere. There arent any beds in the bedrooMs. but theres a television in thekitchen, and it works. My wife is watching it. All of us are waiting for the furniture. We telephoned it about three hours ago. and itll never come. Ahh, whats that? The telephone isringing. Mr, Evan, we can*t

991、 find the house. Wheres it please?84. Internet 上网（ 上）（ 7、48、 、 ）1 Ive got hooked on the internet.2 He spends most of his time online chatting with friends all over the country.3 Internet connections installed on college campuses have provided great convenience for college students.4 Addicted webworm

992、s lose not only their time, but money as well.5 Tm connected.6 Do you often obtain information through the net?7 Do you think you can improve your English by surfing the internet?8 Which website do you like most?9 What do you think are the advantages of web-surfing?10 Do you often go to cyber bars?D

993、ialogue OneA: I usually get a lot of information the computer and use E-mail to send messagesto my friends.B: Me too. Recently, Tm fascinated with net-chat. Fve made many friends on the net.Every day I talk, to them and share my interesting things with them. I really enjoy it.A: Dont you think its a

994、 sheer waste of both time and money?B:Fm afraid not. Every coin has two sides. I think using internet has a great deal todo with human interaction.Dialogue TwoA:Do you often surf the Internet?B:Year. I do it once a week.A:Is it very interesting?B:Sure. I get a lot of information and make many friend

995、s.A:Oh, Til have a try.Dialogue ThreeA: How can you keep in touch with your aunt in America?B : Oh, I make a phone call once a month.Alts very expensive, right?B:Yeah.A: Why not send E-mail through the Internet ?B:Is it convenient and cheap?A:Sure. You can send E-mail to each other every day through

996、 the internet.In addition, you can make a phone call through the internet, too.B:Really? Im so glad to hear that. But I dont know how to get access to the Internet.Could you show me?A:No problem. TH tell you.B:F11 appreciate it very much.自言自语说一段Nowadays, surfing the Internet is very common and popul

997、ar. However, do you know the origin of Internet? The Internet originated from a military project in the U. S. In 1969. Itwas a collection of computer networks that were connected together with resources to explore. And now it has developed into computer system that allows millions of computerusers a

998、round the world to exchange information. Through the Internet, we can send electronic mail, discuss problems with friends in another country, find friends and colleagueswho share common interests and so on. As time goes on, doing things through the Internet will be more and more popular and convenie

999、nt.85. Interview(7251. Could you tell me something about yourself ?2. How do you like it here ?3. Why do you want to work here ?4. Do you know any shorthand ?5. Whats your major ?6. Id be very glad to know something about you.7. Whats your turn ?8. Would you mind saying that again please ?Dialogue 1

1000、A: Can you type, Jane ?B: Yes, I can.A: How many words a minute ?B: About 100 words a minute.A: En . and can you speak any foreign languages ?B: Yes, I can speak Spanish, and I can also speak Chinese.A: Really ? thats veiy good. What about French ?B: No, I cant speak French. But I can speak Italian,

1001、 not very well though.A: . Can you start next week ?B: Next week ?A: Yes, on Monday.B: You mean I have the job ?A: Yes, thats right, you have the job now.Dialogue 2A: Now, Mr. William, a little personal information first, are you married ?B: Yes. I am. Actually my wife is a teacher.A: Whals your maj

1002、or ?B: German.A: How long have you been study in German ?B: Since I first met my wife, about three years.A: And just one more question, would you like to be an inteipreter ?B: Yes, Fd like to do that,A: Very good, you can come here to work next month.B: Thank you.Dialogue 3A: Well, how was the inter

1003、view ?B: Not too bad, I suppose.A: What did the woman ask you ?B: Oh, she asked me all sorts of questions. She asked if I smoked, and whether I played sports, she asked me where I went to school, and what subjects I took. and sheasked me if I like to meeting people.A: Did she ask you any questions a

1004、bout your family ?B: Well, she asked me if my parents wanted to be a strides.A: Did she tell you whether you would get the job ?B: No, but she told me to telephone her next week.A: Thank you for coming for interview last Tuesday, we have considered your application carefully, but were afraid that we

1005、 are unable to offer you the post. While yoursecretarial skills are well up to the standard required, I did not feel that your commend of French was sufficiently good for our purposes. In addition, you seem to lackconfidence in dealing with people, which will certainly be a handicap if you want to w

1006、ork as an receptionist. May I suggest that you might do better to look for a job involvingruling office work ?Interview1. Thank you for having talked with me.2. Thank you for the interview, I hope to see you again.3. Thank you for giving me this opportunity.4. Maybe youH find out that Fam easy to ap

1007、proach.5 .1 think youre unique, needs a man like me.6. Td like to hear your opinion.7. The vocational training I have received fit me very well for this job.8. Of course, Im afraid I am not the possible candidate.Dialogue 1:A: Mr. crabby, Tm pleased to see you.B: Ive looked over your resume, Ms. Jan

1008、e. I see youve already have quite a lot of experience in secretary work, could you tell me something about your talent with thatcompany ?A: Oh, yes, I worked there for two years, just graduated from college.B: en ?A: It was a good company to work for, I enjoyed my time with them.B: You like that wor

1009、k?A: Yes, I like it very much, the work was not very demanding, and the people I work with were friendly.B: Why do you want to leave the company?A: Make an age of challenges, I must accept the new challenge in my life.Dialogue 2 :A: rd like to apply for a secretarial position.B: Very well, do you kn

1010、ow any shorthand ?A: No, but I can write very fast.B: Can you use the computer or other office machines ?A: No, but Fd like to learn how to use them.B: Yes, I see, this is a permanent position.A: Can you work every day from 9 to 5 ?B: Oh, no, Im student at a university, and I have to study most of t

1011、he time. I can only work part time.A: I couldnt possibly hire you. You cant take shorthand, you cant use a computer, and you can only work part time.Dialogue 3 :A: Very glad to know something about you, then what are you going to do when you finish.B: Oh, ril go to shanghai to practice there.A: Oh,

1012、thats a good idea. It must be easy to find a job in shanghai.B: I think so, you know there is a great deal of opportunity for business there.A: And English is very useful in your job.B: I think it will be very useful in many ways. Beside, shanghai is an important trade center, not only in China, but

1013、 also in the world, English is useful in almost all walks oflife.A: You will be a very promising one.B: Thats my wish.I have been a journal ten years, I often interview people. Today I am at a Parents, meeting with high school, I ask some parents questions. I asked the first parent, whethershe minde

1014、d telling me what they thought of the school, she told me that they were quite pleased with it, and then, I asked what grade was her child in, she said that she had ason at the fifth grade, he was quite good at science, but he was wake in English. Then I interviewed some other parents, and they gave

1015、 a lot of information about this schooland their children. After three hours interview, I came about the interview and report the information to the public.86. Language 语言（ 上） （ 646）1. Can you speak French?2. What is the Chinese for this?3. French is the most beautiful language, isnt it?4. What othe

1016、r languages can you speak?5. Do you like French?6. How do you learn English?7. Does English make sense to you?8. Can you understand English?9. Whats this in English?10. Can we practice French together?Dialogue OneA:Can you speak Japanese?B:Yes, I can, but not very well.A:Where did you leam it?B:At s

1017、chool. And Im still learning it now.A:How long have you been learning it?B:About three years.A:Can you speak any other languages?B:Fm afraid not.Dialogue TwoA:Where are you from?B:Im from Germany.A:So you speak German, don*t you?B:Yeah, but I can speak English, too.A:Oh, I see. What other languages

1018、can you speak?B: A little French.A:Good.Dialogue ThreeA: Are you an American?B:Yeah.A: Why dont you speak English?B:Oh, my mother is a German, so I can speak German.A:Oh, do you like Chinese?B: Yeah, Im eager to leam Chinese, but it is too difficult for me.A:I want to study German. Can we exchange l

1019、essons?B:Very Good. Fd like to do that.A: When will we begin?B:How about tomonow night?A:That*s all right.语言学习How do you learn English? Or French, Russian, German, Chinese or any other languages? Most people go to classes regularly, and study at home with a book. But the problem foradult learners is

1020、 that they are busy people who find it hard to come to classes at a fixed time. They miss a few classes and then decide that they have fallen too far behind the otherstudents. Eventually they drop out of the class altogether. There are various resources available which the students can use alone or

1021、in a small group. There*s a language laboratory;there are microcomputers with games and other programs designed for language learning. There are video-cassettes which teach students about the life and language of a country.Language 语 言 （ 下）1. French is all Greek to me.2. 1 simply cant speak Chinese

1022、well.3. Learning any language takes a lot of effort.4.1 picked up German when I stayed there.5. Practice makes perfect.6. I speak Chinese with strong accent.7 .1 couldnt speak English well.8. Man is bom with instinct for language.9. My mother tongue is Chinese.10. They have a lot of trouble with Eng

1023、lish pronunciation.Dialogue OneA:I give up! I simply cant learn French!B:Why do you say that? I think you*re making a lot of progress.A:No, Im not. I try and try and I still cant speak it very well.B:Learning any language takes a lot of effort. But dont give up. Why dont we practice those dialogues

1024、together?A:Good idea. That might help.Dialogue TwoA:Does she make any sense to you?B: No. Its all Greek to me.A:She*s speaking French, not Greek.B:I know that. I mean I couldnt understand her at all.A:Me neither. All I have to do is study French hard.B:I wish you the best of luck.Dialogue ThreeA: Ar

1025、e you a newcomer?B:Yeah, this is my first visit here.A: You speak good English, though.B:Thanks, but I speak English with a strong German accent.A:But let me tell you, youre doing just fine. I couldnt do half as well as you do when I was learning German. By the way, how long have you been learning E

1026、nglish?B:On and off, for quite a few years.学习外语的最佳方法Do you know how many languages there are in the world? There are about one thousand and five hundred, but many of them are not very important. English is one of the mostimportant languages because so many people use it, not only in England and Amer

1027、ica, but in other countries of the world.Many English children study French. French is also a very important language. Some children study German, Russian, Japanese and Chinese.Which is the best way to learn a language? We know that we all leamt our own language well when we were children. We can le

1028、arn a second language in the same way, it wontseem so difficult. How does a child do? He or she listens to what people say and tries to guess what he or she hears. When he or she wants something, he or she has to ask for it. Heor she is using the language, thinking in it and talking in it all the ti

1029、me. If people use a second language all the time, they will learn it quickly.87. Marriage 婚姻（ 上） （ 631、 、 ）1. Are you marned?2. Do you mind if I ask you whether you are married or not?3. When are you going to get married?4. When did you get engaged?5. Will you maiTy Mary?6. How long have you been ma

1030、med?7. Whats your marital status?8. Whens the wedding ceremony?9. Have you given her the engagement ring?10. Would you like to stay at home after you get married?Dialogue OneA:I hear you and James are engaged at last.B:Yes, we are.A:When are you getting mamed?B:In the spring.A:Oh, lovely. Wheres the

1031、 wedding going to be?B:Well. . we*re not sure yet, probably in St. Albans.A:Oh, yes, your parents live there, dont they?B:Yes, thats right.A: Where are you going to live after you Ye married?B:Were going to buy a Hat or a small house somewhere in South London.A: Are you going to give up your job?B:

1032、Yes, probably but I may look for another one when were settled in.Dialogue TwoA:Excuse me, how can I fill in this blank? What does marital status mean?B:Are you mamed?A:No, Im still single.B:Then, you put S in this blank.Dialogue ThreeA:Miss Wang, would you mind my asking you a personal question?B:N

1033、o, not at all. Go ahead.A: Are you married?B:Yes. Is that so important?A:Frankly yes. We like to employ manned people. By the way, do you have any children?B: Yes, I have a three-year-old son.沟通与美满婚姻Most of people want to marry and have a happy life. However, marriage is complicated. If you couldnt

1034、cope with some problems, your marital life will fail, my husband and I havebeen married for nearly two years. For the first 18 months of our mam age we were very happy, but lately he seems to have become more interested in his work than in me. He worksovertime almost every night and in the weekends

1035、he often brings homework to do from his office. He doesnt seem to be unhappy but he really enjoys his work. I feel lonely andunhappy. Later, I begin to change my attitudes and I often talk to my husband and find out what he thinks Little by little, we have the mutual understanding and live a happy l

1036、ifeagain. So I think mutual understanding is very important to marital life. Do you think so?Marriage 婚 姻 （ 下）1. Its a hasty maniage.2. She married a fortune.3. He married into a rich family.4. They are going to get married on New Years Day.5. Weve just got engaged.6.1 cant wait to get married.7 .1

1037、never wanted marriage.8. Their marriage nearly broke up.9. He married well and happily.10. After five years of unhappy marriage, he divorced his wife.Dialogue OneA:Would you mind if I ask you whether you are married or not?B:To be frank, I was maixied once, and now Fm single.A:Do you mean you got a

1038、divorce?B:Yes, my first marriage was a failure.Dialogue TwoA:John, if you dont mind, Fd like to ask you a personal question.B:I dont mind at all.A:A11 right. Are you married?B:To tell you the truth, Tm not married. Tm still single.A:Then, when do you plan to get manied?B:I dont know. Itfs still up i

1039、n the air.Dialogue ThreeA:This man looks very handsome. Is he married?B:Sure. He has already married, a father of two boys.A:Oh, I cant believe it. He looks very young.B:He took the picture when he was only 21 years old.A:I see.婚姻法Every human society has rules covering mamage. In Britain it is illeg

1040、al to marry under the age of 18 without your parents1 permission and an offence to marry at all under the age of16. Its also against the law to have more than one husband or wife at the same time. Anyone who breaks this law may go to prison. You may marry your first cousin but you cantmarry anyone w

1041、ho is a closer relative than this.In some societies the rules are stricter. There are places where the men must many outside their family. For the Nuertribe in Sudan this means that a man usually has to find a wife ina different village because the people in his village belong to the same family. Th

1042、e Nuer say, n We marry those with whom we fight. In this way friendship is created betweenenemy villages.88. School（ 757、 ）1. What are you going to study?2. What courses are you planning to take?3. What did you specialize in?4. What field did you major in?5. What subjects are you going to take at th

1043、e university?6. How do you spell the word?7. Wheres the stress in this word?8. How did you do on your mid-term?Dialogue OneA:At what age do children start school in your country?B:At five.A:Do boys and girls go to school together?B:Yes, they do.A:Do you think this is a good idea?B:Yes, I do.A:Do som

1044、e children go on to university?B:Yes, they do.A:What examinations do they take first?B:nOn levels and HAn levels.A:How long do you usually stay at university?B:Three or four years.Dialogue TwoA:Excuse me. Where do I register?B:Oh, over there in Pacific Pavilion.A:Is that the large, white building?B:

1045、Yeah, thats it.A:Thanks.Dialogue ThreeA:Hi, Lisa!B:Hi, Kate!A:Fm looking for the registration. Do you know where the registration is?B:Yes, its right over there in Room 133 on the right. (Lisa enters Room 133)A:Excuse me, is this registration?C:Yes, I need some information for your registration card

1046、.A:OK.C:Whatrs your full name?A:Lisa Smith.C:Whafs your school address?A:820 University, Box 4348, Chicago, Illinois.C:Ybur telephone number?A:(431)893-7323.C:Thank you.我的学校My school is not very big, but it is lovely and well-decorated. In summer, you can enjoy a lot of colorful flowers and differen

1047、t types of plants. It offers you a good environment tostudy. If you want to play, you can go to the sports fields to play basketball, football or badminton. The teaching building is in the east and we have classes there every day. Thedining hall is in the west. At weekends, we can have some parties

1048、at the dining hall. The library is behind the teaching building. Every day we go there to read materials or study. Ilove my school for the attractive scenes and the academic atmosphere.School1.1 expect to take the linguistics course.2. I have a course in literature this year.3 .1 major in science.4.

1049、 Tm in economics major.5. Tm going to attend the lectures given by Prof. Johnson.6. Tm going to Harvant University to do post-graduate work in medicine.7 .1 think its time for exams to be reformed.8. Exams used to be like a burden weighing heavily upon our mind.Dialogue OneA:You*re just left school,

1050、 havent you, Emily?B:Yes, I finished last Friday.A: You sound relieved.B:Well, yes. I dont mind admitting that I am. I enjoyed school, but I did object to having to go in every day once weve done all our exaMs.A:Well, what are you going to do now? Have you made any plans?B:Yes, I intend to go to uni

1051、versity. Thatll be in September. But it all depends on my A level results.A: You mean getting into university actually depends on your passing your A level subjects?B:Oh, yes.Dialogue TwoA:In my country, we go to school from 8 oclock in the morning until five in the afternoon.B:Five days a week, too

1052、?A:Actually, five and a half. On Saturday, we have classes only in the moming.B:Gosh!A:ThaCs too much for us really.B:Where are you going now?A:Fm going to try to find out where the school is located.B:When do you start school?A:Fm going to register right now.B:That*s good.Dialogue ThreeA:Ms. Green,

1053、 are the schools more or less similar everywhere throughout the United States, or do they differ in various sections?B:The system of public schools is fairly uniform everywhere throughout the United States.A:Do most students in the United States attend private schools or public schools?B:Most public

1054、 schools in the United States are very good, and the majority of students attend the public schools.A:Which students go to private schools, then?B:Children needing special instruction; children whose parents can afford to send them to private schools; and children whose parents want them to receive

1055、a religious education.A:But are the public schools good everywhere?B:No, public schools can be very different. Even in the same city.A:Dose it cost anything to attend the public schools? Are there any restrictions as to who may and may not attend?B:The public schools in the United States are free to

1056、 everyone and there is no cost to the student. In most states, even the textbooks are free. There are no restrictions as to color, race,or religion. Any student wishing to attend the public schools may do so.股份高学校Many people think of schools as buildings, teachers and students. Proprietary schools,

1057、however, think first of the students. They are interested most in satisfying their customers, thestudents. Proprietary schools are privately owned vocational schools. To remain in business they must give students what they want to learn at a fair price. The students themselvesnormally pay for the co

1058、st of the training. Thus, the school must offer the training that is practical and that will help students get a paying job. Generally the training lasts from 6months to one year. In the US proprietary schools number about 10, 000 and that number is growing to meet increasing needs.89. Season（ 3、 16

1059、、 ）1. Which season do you like best?2. Summer is the most rainy season, isnt it?3. Do you like spring?4. Spring is the most beautiful season, isnt it?5. There are four season in a year.6. In the United States people call autumn fall.7. The moon in autumn is clearest.8. Summer begins in June and last

1060、s three months.9. Autumn is a mature season.10. Summer is the time for outdoor sports.Dialogue OneA: Its nice and bright today, isnt it?B:Yeah. The autumn is marvelous here.A: How about winter?B:Thafs a hard time. The air is cold and damp, and the road is often icy.Alts boring, right?B:Sure.A:Do you

1061、 get much rain during the summer?B: Plenty. We never wony about lack of rainwater in our area.A:So you should bring an umbrella often.B:Thafs right.Dialogue TwoA:Which season do you like best?B:I like spring.A:Why?B:Oh, everything comes back to life in spring and the weather gets warmer.A:I like spr

1062、ing, too. We can go for a walk and enjoy the fresh air.Dialogue ThreeA:Ifs too hot to read.B:Wed better go out for a walk.A:Which season do you like best?B: Spring.A:How about summer?B:I dislike it most.A: Why?B:Because the hottest season is summer in a year.A:But sometimes summer is more charming t

1063、han the other seasons.四季There are four seasons in a year. Each season has its own features. Spring is an exciting season. The air is warm and everything looks so fresh and green. If you walk along the river,youll feel comfortable and happy. Summer is a season with a lot of rain and sunlight. The sun

1064、 is shining and the rainfall is frequent. Everything grows very fast in the season.Autumn is a busy season. The weather is nice and bright and I like this kind of weather best. All the fruits and plants are mature and people are busy harvesting. Winter is cold andthe cold is awful. Some people go sk

1065、ating and enjoy the beauty that the snow and ice bring us.90. Smoking（ 5、54、 ）1. This is a non-smoker section, isnt it?2. Do you feel like a smoke?3. Do you mind my smoking here?4. What in your opinion can be done to stop smoking?5. Are you smoking a lot?6. Are you smoking less?7. Did you have to st

1066、op smoking?8. Do you smoke much?9. Do you smoke this kind of cigarettes?10.1 guess you dont smoke, right?Dialogue 1W: Excuse me. Is anyone sitting here?M: No, nobody.W: You don5t mind if I smoke, do you?M: Well, to be frank, yes, I do.W: Oh, Im sorry. But this isnt a no-smoker, isnt it? I mean would

1067、 you mind if I smoke here?M: Actually it is. Perhaps you havent noticed the sign.W: Sign? Whafs sign?M: There, on the window.W: Oh, sorry. I didnt notice it. Sony.M: Thats all right.Dialogue 2M: What do you think of smoking?W: Its hannful not only for yourself but for others.M: What in your opinion

1068、can be done to stop smoking?W: Stop producing cigarettes.M: But thatll affect the national economy.W: Thals right. But I dont think there are better ways.M: How about painting a warning on each cigarette packet?W: Maybe it can take effect.Dialogue 3M: Are you a smoker?W: Yes, Im afraid 1 am. My husb

1069、and is a smoker too.M: Would you describe yourself as being a heavy smoker?W: No. But my husband smokes 20 or more a day.M: When did you begin to smoke?W: I had my first cigarette when I was 17.M: Might I ask if you have tried to give up smoking?W: Yes. Twice.Everyone knows that smoking is harmful f

1070、or health. A lol of rules have been laid down to prohibit smoking. We can see the no-smoking sign in a lot of public places. In addition, wecan see 4smoking is harmful for your health, on most packets of cigarettes. Some people even claim that we should stop producing cigarettes. But it will affect

1071、national economy.How can we prevent people from smoking? I think the answer to the problem is to make people realize the hann that cigarettes can do us. Only depending on our all efforts can werealize the true No smoking.1. Smoking is forbidden here.2. No smoking.3. Smoking will do you no good.4. Sm

1072、oking is not allowed here.5 .1 am a chain smoker.6. This cigar makes a ten*ible smell.7. You smoke just like a chimney.8. You smoke yourself sick.Dialogue 1W: Are you feeling better today, Bill?M: Well, its hard to say. I coughed a lot in the evening.W: Youd better give up smoking. It*s bad for your

1073、 health.M: Youre right. But you know its so hard to give up the old habit like smoking.W: But you should make up your mind first.M: You know I often have to work far into the night. I need smoking to keep me awake.W: Why dont you go to bed early and get up early? Youll have the same time for work.M:

1074、 Thank you for your advice. Fil try it.Dialogue 2M: Sorry to have smoked in your room.W: Dont worry. Til open the window.M: Its very kind of you.W: Smoking is harmful for your health.M: I know. Til try to give it up.Dialogue 3W: Did you read the letter in the paper about smoking? The person who wrot

1075、e that must be crazy.M: I dont think so. I think the government should do everything it can to discourage people from smoking.W: Maybe so. But a law banning cigarettes will do no good.M: No, you cant suddenly make smoking illegal, but government could prohibit smoking in public places like movies an

1076、d theatres.Every year millions of dollars are wasted on cigarettes and every year thousands of people die of lung cancer. At the same time the government spends a huge amount of moneytrying to make people give up smoking. There is a very simple solution to this problem. Cigarettes should be forbidde

1077、n by law. The only people who would suffer from such a lawwould be the tobacco companies But we all know that they contribute nothing to society.91. Study Abroad(8 IT)1 Maybe she could check to see what colleges are good for you.2 I am going to be an international student there.3 When are you leavin

1078、g for the States?4 Ive got some questions about these application form.5 In general, the Graduate division requires a TOEFL score of at least 575.6 Do you think they will give me the visa?7 Just try your luck.8 Shall I mail all the materials to the graduate admissions office?9 You will be given a so

1079、cial security number when you get registered in the States.10 As a rule, they dont make awards to the first year international students.Dialogue 1M: Miss Fallen, can you tell me why you want to get a visa to the States?F: To study. I am going to the University of Tampa to do a postgraduate course fo

1080、r three years.M: Do you have the Letter of Acceptance from the University with you?F: Yeah, here it is.M: Thank you very much. And do you have any proof of the financial support for three years?F: Fve got a letter from my bank here. It shows I am able to support myself during these three years of st

1081、udies.M: Could I see that, please?F: Yes, here it is.M: Thanks very much. While IH be able to give you a visa for one year, a student visa that is.F:Oh, but mine is a three-year program.M: It is a three-year, but you can renew the visa each year in the States. It is our usual procedure.F:Okay, thank

1082、 you.Dialogue 2F:How are you getting along with your paper?M: I haven*t finished it. It is very difficult.F: You should hand it in before next Sunday.M:Okay, I know. I will try my best.F:I believe you can do a good job.Dialogue 3M: Hellen, you must be excited at going to America to study.F: Yeah, Fv

1083、e been looking forward to it for ages.M: Whal do your classmates think of it?F:They give me a lot of congratulations.M: How long will you study there.F: Oh, maybe three years. I will study and get the master degree first. Then I will decide whether I will stay there or come back.M: Which university

1084、are you going to?F: Chicago University. My major is Economics.M: Good luck!F: Thank you!In Chinese education, students learn through memorization. The teacher is the king, and what he says is always the truth. In American education, however, much emphasis is placedon problem solving and discussion.

1085、There is very little emphasis on memorizing information. Students are taught to think for themselves. The role of the teacher is to stimulate theirthinking, to get them to ask questions, challenge and even argue with the teacher and come to their own conclusions.Study Abroad1 What about your accomod

1086、ation here?2 How did you get a loan with your landlady?3 How were you doing in New Zealand?4 What is your impression of the United States.5 Do you like the people there?6 Are you going to cook by yourself?7 Do you like to eat pizza and spagetti?8 Are you used to western food there?9 Why dont you ren

1087、t a house near the school?10 I rent a bigger house because my wife will join me.Dialogue 1M: Have you been in America long, Hellen?F: No. Only for a couple of weeks.M: Where are you going to study?F: I am going to register at Harvard next month.M: What are you going to major in?F: I am going to majo

1088、r in tourism. What about you? How long have you been here?M: For nearly four years.F: Well. You should be able to give me some advice on where to stay. At the moment, I am staying in a hotel which is far away from the school.Dialogue 2M: Oh, Linda. You must be so excited about going to study in Amer

1089、ica.F: Oh yes I am. I have always wanted to go to the States. I love meeting new people and making new friends.M: Well, I am sure you will.F: Well, there is one thing.M: What is the matter?F: I am a little worried about my host family. You know, in the agreement, I have to do some cooking for them.M

1090、: Yes?F: Well, I am just afraid they wont like my Chinese way of cooking.M: Oh, listen, you soon leam, and I am sure they will explain to you how they like to get prepared.F: Oh, lets hope so.Dialogue 3F: Hi! How are you doing?M: Good, thanks. How about you?F: Pretty good. Say, where are you living

1091、this semester?M: In No. 4 Dorm. I like donn life. You will meet a lot of people and you dont have to cook. What about you?F: Oh, I am looking for an apartment. I prefer living off campus. I can study better.M: I hope you will find a place. Listen, I gotta go. I am late for a class.F: Okay, see you a

1092、round.M: Take care.John had come to an English speaking country to improve his English. He has studied the language for five years in his own country and he could understand written English quitewell. What he needed above all was practice in conversation. He enrolled at a school for foreign students

1093、. And the school found him a home with the local family. The family waspleasant and friendly. He was delighted to discover that there was a pretty daughter, only a year or so younger than he is. That first night as he was getting ready for bed, he wasfilled with optimism. A few days later, however,

1094、when his class teacher, Mr. Price asked him how he was getting along. He had to admit that he felt a little disappointed. BySunday*, said John, TH have been here for two weeks. But Ive had very little opportunity to practice conversation. * Arent you living with a local family? asked Mr. Price.Yes,

1095、I am. replied John. But they are always busy. ” Arent there any young people in the family? Yes, there is a daughter of 17, but she leaves home at eight oclock in themorning and she spends every evening with her friends. M92. Teacher（ 69、）1. How do you like your new teacher?2. Who teaches you Englis

1096、h this term?3. Do you think your teacher favours you?4. How many courses does he teach?5. Is her class interesting?6. Is your teacher a good disciplinarian?7. Which university did your teacher graduate from?8. How many hours does she teach every week?9. What is an ideal teacher like?Dialogue OneA: W

1097、hos that over here?B:That*s the new teacher.A: What do you think of the teacher?B:Shes very nice.A: What does she teach?B:English, of course.A:Is she your teacher?B:Yes. She teaches our class three times a week.A:Can she speak Chinese to her students?B:Not very much.A:Its a good thing you can speak

1098、English!Dialogue TwoA:Hi, Walter!B:Hi, Sterling!A: What do you think of our new teacher?B:Professor Wood? I think hes a brilliant scientist.A:You*re got a point there. But do you think hes a little absent-minded?B:I guess so.Dialogue ThreeA:Our maths teacher is rather humorous.B:On the contrary, I t

1099、hink hes very serious.A:No, not at all. His examples are really interesting.B:So theyre easy to remember.A: Yeah, how about your maths teacher?B:Hes an old antique, very serious.A:Bad luck, Anne.B:Hey!How about your history teacher?A:She*s another antique.B:Fm sorry to hear that.理想的老师The ideal teach

1100、er may be young or old, tall or short, fat or thin. He should know his subject, but he can make mistakes if hes willing to learn. His personality is as important as hisscholarship. The ideal teacher must be enthusiastic. He must teach anything he is interested in. To be a teacher is to be an actor.

1101、He should not be afraid to show his feelings andexpress his likes or dislikes. The ideal teacher is one who grows, learns and improves himself along with his students.Teacher1. Mr. Smith teaches very well and is very strict with his students.2. She is a bom failure as a disciplinarian.3. He is very

1102、good at keeping the class under control.4. Her subject was in itself appealing to most of the girls.5. She lectured a small class on modern drama.6. The professor lectured on philosophy last semester.7. He gives good lectures on Shakespeare.8. He spent a lot of time in the library preparing lessons.

1103、Dialogue OneA:What do you think of your teacher?B:Hes very strict with us.A:And I hear he gives very good lectures.B:Indeed. He*s strict with himself, too. We can see every lecture of his is well-prepared.Dialogue TwoA: Why did the teacher criticise Myra in front of the whole class?B:Because Myra wa

1104、s cheating on exams and she spoke back rudely.A:I dont think that Myra should have spoken so rudely to the teacher. I know she was angry, but thats still no excuse for rudeness.Dialogue ThreeA:I dont think the teacher had a right to say that. The teacher was wrong to have accused her in front of the

1105、 whole class.B: Youve got to be joking! Its the teachers right to say anything wants, and if she saw Myra cheating, she certainly had the right to say so.A:I agree she had the right to say something, but I feel she should have done it privately.B: YbuTe right. If I were the teacher, I wouldnt have d

1106、one that.我难忘的老师Of all the teacher I have had so far, Miss Wu, my college English teacher is the most unforgettable. She was very strict with us. None of the students in my class was late for classwithout good reasons and none of us left our homework undone. On the other hand she was very kind. If a

1107、student was sick, she never failed to visit him or her. She spent a lot ofspare time helping us with our English studies. You cannot imagine how patient she was when she explained difficult points to us. Whats more, she was very energetic and good atteaching and in the lively atmosphere we never fel

1108、t sleepy. It was her love and devotion that inspired interest and admiration in us.93. Time（ 3、 22、 、 ）1. Its time to go to bed.2. My watch says 4:45.3. My watch goes a bit slow.4. My watch has stopped.5. It gains a little.6. It loses about 2 minutes.7. Tve just set my watch by the radio time signal

1109、.8. My clock has run down, it needs winding up.9. My watch is out of order.10. My watch keeps good time.11. My watch keeps stopping.Dialogue 1W: John, its time to get up.M: It cant be time to get up yet.W: It is. Hurry up! Youll be late for school.M: Whats the time?W: Its nearly half past seven.M: M

1110、y watch says ten past.W: Its slow. Hurry up! The bus goes at twenty to eight.M: Are you sure half past seven?W: Positive, ril put the radio on.(And here is the seven oclock news)M: Its only seven oclock. Your watch is fast.W: No, it isnt. Its stopped. I forgot to wind it up last night.M: I could hav

1111、e stayed in bed for another half hou匚Dialoque 2M: Excuse me. Have you got the time?W: My watch says half past five.M: Does your watch keep good time?W: Oh yeah. It loses only a few seconds in the whole month.M: Thanks a lot.Dialogue 3W: Good afternoon.M: My goodness! Its the afternoon? Doesnt the ti

1112、me fly! Do come in and sit down.W: Thank you.M: Whats the time? My watch has stopped.W: Its half past twelve.M: When do you have lunch?W: From one to two.M: What do you normally eat?W: We usually go to the cafeteria.M: Oh, its time to have lunch now.W: lets go together.Everyone should observe time a

1113、nd never idle little away. In America almost every American wears a watch and in nearly every room in the American home theres a clock. 64Be ontime!” Dont waste time!” Time is money. ” “Time waits for no one. All of these sayings reflect the American obsession with properness and efficiency. Student

1114、s will disciplinetheir teachers when they arrive late. Anyway, we should form the good habit of being punctual. If we can save time we can make more contributions.94. Weather(830 )1. How do you like our weather?2. What about the weather in California?3. What was the weather like yesterday?4. Hows th

1115、e weather tomorrow?5. What does the weather forecast say?6. How cold is it?7. Is it always as hot as this?8. Whats the temperature today?9. Fairly warm this morning, isnt it?10. Do you get much rain during the summer?11. Can you stand the cold here?Dialogue OneA:Its raining outside, Catherine, its t

1116、oo bad. Whats the weather like in your hometown?Bits very hot, the temperature is often over 40C.A:Do you like the weather in Seattle?B:Not really. But I like it in spring and fall. I dont like it in winter.A:Why?B:The winter is very rainy, I don*t like the rainy day.A:What about the weather in Bost

1117、on?B:I lived there for three years. I like summer but I donrt like winter.A:Is it very cold in winter?B:Yes, it is. But its nice in spring and fall.Dialogue TwoA:Good afternoon!B:Good afternoon! Sit down please. How are you?A:Im very well, thank you. How are you?B:Very well too, thank you very much.

1118、 Isnt it a lovely day?A: Yes, its beautiful, but its also very hot.B:Yes.A:Whats the weather like in your country?B:Mm. Its quite warm now.A:Where do you live?B:In London. Where do you live?A:Here. Near this school.Dialogue ThreeA:Its a lovely day, isnt it?B:Yes, the weather sure is nice today.A:I l

1119、ove it when the weather is like this. Why dont we sit down outside and have our lunch?B:That sounds like a good idea. The sky is clear, the sun is shining and theres a nice cool breeze, so it is not too hot.A:I really miss the change of seasons like we have in Colorado; but I must admit, this sure i

1120、s a nice spring day.B:Hey, this spot in the shade looks really comfortable.A:Okay. Hey, is that a dark cloud over there? Do you think it will rain after all?B:I dont think so. I say the weather report last night, and it said the weather should be fine all day.A:If the weather stays nice perhaps we c

1121、an go to the beach this weekend. It*s been a while since Ive not really gotten some sun.英国的天气In Britain, the weather is very varied; people never know what it will be like the next day.The summer is warmer than the winter, but even in summer the average temperature is only 16C. Sometimes the sun shi

1122、nes, but at other times the sky is covered in cloud, and itoften rains.In winter it is sometimes very cold, especially in the north of the country. The temperature may fall below OC, and then there is often snow and ice.The best season of the year is probably late spring. At this time of year the we

1123、ather is often sunny and quite warm; the countryside looks very green, and there are wild flowerseveiywhere.Weather1. Its bitterly cold today.2. Its quite cool here in August.3. Its snowing heavily.4. Theres much wind today.5. The temperature has dropped a lot today.6. Its better than yesterday.7. W

1124、hat lovely weather were having!8.1 like this kind of weather.9. ICs going to be a heavy rain.10. Its clearing up.11. The sun is shining.Dialogue OneA:ICs a fine day today, isnt it?B:Yes, it is. Its wonderful after the downpour.A:How nice seeing the sun back again! The air is so fresh.B:I hope it sta

1125、ys nice like this for a long period of time.A:Well, the weather is so unpredictable this time of year.B: Youre right. We dont know what is going to be like tomorrow.A:Look!It looks as if it is going to rain.B:The weatherman predicts a fine day today.A:The weather is often quite different from the we

1126、ather forecast.Dialogue TwoA:Isnt this lovely weather? Will you help me water the flowers, Jack?B:Well, do you think I have to?A:I do. We havent watered them for quite a few days.B:Please look at the sky. Don*t you see the dark clouds? Its going to rain soon.A:Good. So we dont have to work. How nice

1127、!B:But I dont think its so nice.A:Why?B:The weather report says it*s going to rain for a whole week.A:Oh, Im afraid all the flowers will die in the rain.Dialogue ThreeA:Is there a city where it*s always warm?B:Yes, there are many cities where ifs almost always warm. San Diego, for example.A:Are ther

1128、e any other cities where its always hot?B:Many. Most of the cities in the southern part of the United States are hot all year.A:But why do so many people live there?B:Most people grow accustomed to the climate, but there are many others who complain about it all the time.A: Are there any cities wher

1129、e it rains a lot?B:Several. Two good examples are Seattle, in the state of Washington, and Portland, Oregon.A:Tell us about some cold cities.B:In the north there are many cities which are very cold in the winter. Boston and Chicago are two of them.A:Is it always cold in Chicago and Boston?B:Oh, no.

1130、On the contrary, there are many beautiful days, especially in the spring and fall.美国的气候The United States has many different kinds of climate. On the west coast the temperature changes very little between summer and winte匚 But the north central states have a verydifferent kind of climate. In those st

1131、ates, people wear light clothing during the summer, and they need heavy wool or fur clothing in the winter. In the southwest, the climate ispleasantly warm during the winter, but the summer is unpleasantly hot.In the eastern part of the U. S. , summer temperatures are very different from winter temp

1132、eratures. Spring temperatures are comfortably warm, and fall temperatures are pleasantlycool.95. Wedding。6、 ）1. When will you have your wedding?2. When will your wedding ceremony be held?3. When is the big day?4. They5re celebrating their wedding ceremony.5. Tm invited to their wedding.6. The weddin

1133、g will take place on Saturday.7. It was the grandest wedding I had ever seen.8. Susan attended the wedding for Jeff and Angela.9. It is a wedding present.10. The bride wears a nice bridal gown.Dialogue 1M: Guess what? Paul and Susan are engaged.W: Really? When did that happen?M: A week ago? They met

1134、 last summer and now just sink. They will be married soon.W: Have they set a date for the wedding?M: No, not yet. But Susan says theyd like to get manied in November or December. Then theyll go to Hawaii for their honeymoon.Dialogue 2W: Franks getting married, do you believe this?M: Is he really?W:

1135、Yes, he is. He loves the girl very much.M: Who is he marring?W: A girl he met on holiday in Spain, I think.M: Have they set a date for the wedding?W: Not yet.Dialogue 3W: Whenre you getting married?M: We planned our wedding for next May.W: Why so late? Didnt she want to get maiTied this October?M: Y

1136、eah, I did. But my fiancee has an important project.W: Thats really a shame. By the way, who will be the bridesmaid?M: Julies friend, Mary. And John will be the best man.W: Wow! Fm very excited about your ceremony.Pat was going to get married. One day, after she finished the wedding gift list, she s

1137、howed it to her parents. Her dad thought she had been a little extravagant. 44Well, to be honest, Ireally think youve gone over the top here. When we were young, your mother and I we never needed any of these things, like television, radio, CD player, computer or microwave.We just made do. But you s

1138、aid the other day that you could not live without your television.Pat said. Her mother said, i4I do agree with your father in some ways. But I really feelthat is rather nice for new couples to have a little bit of comfort when they get manied.96. World Trade Organization 世贸组织（ 5,18、 、 ）1. Why are so

1139、 many countries eager to join WTO?2. What can the common people benefit from our entry to WTO?3. Do you think Chinese fanners will be threatened because domestic grains must compete with higher quality imports?4. Do you think our entry to WTO will affect the way we live, work and think?5. What shoul

1140、d we do get prepared for future changes?6. Entry into the international organization will mean some visible benefits to common Chinese consumers.7. Chinas entrance will open its markets to goods and services from other member countries and increase its export opportunities.8. We will abide by WTO ni

1141、les.9. We must make sweeping changes in nearly every sector of our economy.10. Chinas WTO membership not only brings us opportunities, but also poses challenges to us.Dialogue OneA:Good news! China and its major trading partners have reached a formal agreement on Chinas membership in the World Trade

1142、 Organization.BiThafs really good news. Is China a full member now?A:Not yet. The document has to be formally approved at The WTO meeting of trade ministers.B:When will the meeting be held?A:In November.B:So China will realize its 15-year long dream before the end of the year.A:That true. Just think

1143、 of the 15 years of often difficult negotiations Chinas accession to the multilateral trading system is really something to celebrate.B: Yes, I cant agree with you more. But what can we benefit?A:Well, we can benefit a lot actually. Well cut trade tariffs, therell be more variety of goods for us to

1144、choose from and some of them will be much cheaper.Dialogue TwoA:China*s entry into WTO is a hot topic now.B:People are interested in it because it will bring about great changes and it can not only benefit China, but also benefit other members of the organization.A:What changes will take place in Ch

1145、ina?B:Well, China will attract more foreign investment and Chinese producers will become more competitive in the world market.A:Then, ifll further raise our living standards.B:Sure it will. Chinas WTO accession will encourage economic growth and that can benefit its trading partners.Dialogue ThreeA:

1146、A lot of people are talking about WTO now. What does it stand for?B:Are you kidding? You dont know what it means?A:Of course I know. But Im not sure what the three letters stand for?B:They stand for World Trade Organization.A:Could you tell me what its goal is?B:Its major goal is to promote world tr

1147、ade and economic development.A:Do you know when it was established?B:It was established in 1995. Although its a rather young international organization, it has a long history. Its predecessor the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade was founded in1948.A:Is it tnie that China was one of the 23 foun

1148、ding members of GATT?B:Yes, its true. But China pulled out of it in 1950.A:What a pity!世贸组织The World Trade Organization was established in Geneva in 1995. There are over 130 members and they do over 90% of world trade. WTO is a multilateral trading system thatlowers trade barriers between people and

1149、 countries. The members use WTO agreements to do international commerce. The agreement guarantees a fair trading system for goods,services, intellectual property and dispute settlement. Its objective is to help trade flow smoothly, freely, fairly and predictably between the members and help producer

1150、s of goodsand services to conduct trade business. This is believed to benefit the people of member countries.97. Birthday（ 812、 ）1. What was the date of your birth?2. When is your 21st birthday?3. Did you have a birthday party for your daughter?4. How do you usually celebrate the birthday of the Par

1151、ty?5. People usually sing Happy Birthday at the party.6. Did you make a wish?7. Would you like another piece of cake, Jone?8. My birthday is December 15th.9. September 25th, 1971 was the 90th anniversary of the birth of Luxun.10. The exact date of his birth is not known.Dialogue OneA:When is your bi

1152、rthday?B: August 1st.A:Do you usually have a birthday party?B:Yes, we do. My parents prepare dinner for me.A:What would you do at the party?B:We sing Happy Birthday1 1 at the party and have birthday cakes.A:Do you know when people began to sing the song Happy Birthday?B:Well, I dont know.A:Let me te

1153、ll you the story. In 1892, Patty Smith Hill and Mildred Hill wrote a song called Good Morning to you. But later someone added the words Happy Birthday1 to theirtune.B:So the Happy Birthday” song has been popular since then?A:Yes, actually, the song has been sung since its publication in 1932. People

1154、 all over the world have sung it in many different languages.Dialogue TwoA:How old are you?B:Nine. . but Til be ten on May 1st. When is your birthday?A:Tm older than you! Ill be ten on April 14th.B:Are you going to have a birthday party?A:Maybe. Fil have to ask my mother.Dialogue ThreeA: Whos singin

1155、g in your home, Jim?B:Ifs Ellie and her friends.A:Who*s Ellie?B:Shes my little niece. Its her birthday. Theyre singing “Happy Birthday,.A:Oh, I see. How old is she?B:She*s ten.A:I suppose theyre playing games.B:Oh, yes. Ellie was playing games all day yesterday. By the way, Alice, whens your birthda

1156、y?A: Today.B:Today?A: Yes.B:Well, imagine that! How old are you?A:Eighteen. Some friends are having a birthday party for me tonight. Do you want to come?B:Very much. What time?A:About 6:00.B： ril be at your house at about 5:30. Happy birthday.苏珊的十八岁生日Susan was 18 years old yesterday. So, she held a

1157、birthday party at home to celebrate it. She invited many of her friends home. They ate, they drank, and they danced. They really hada wonderful time together. Susan made a big wish when blowing out the candles. Susan wished everybody good luck. She hoped her wish could come true. Susan felt she was

1158、thehappiest girl in the world. She was already a grown-up. She was not a child any more. The first thing she was going to do after her birthday was trying to be independent.Birthday1. Happy Birthday to you!2. Today is a great day for you. Jack.3. Its a wonderful birthday party.4. Its you birthday to

1159、day? Congratulations.5. Best wishes for a happy birthday.6. Lets have a toast to celebrate Kate*s birthday.7. Please accept my hearty congratulations!8. Heres a present for you.9. Heres a little token of my affection.10. Better luck this time.Dialogue OneA:Happy Birthday, Alice. Many happy returns o

1160、f the day. Heres a present for you.B:Thank you, Peter. Come into the dining room. Fm going to cut the cake soon.C:Have some sandwiches, Peter.A:Thanks, John. Whos that girl?C:Thafs Joan. Shes pretty, isnt she? She likes to dance. Ask her to dance.A:Well, I dont know.C:Dont be afraid. She isnt going

1161、to bite you.A:Whos afraid? Pm not afraid. (To Joan)Would you like to dance, Joan?D:Yes, thank you. Fd like to dance very much.Dialogue TwoA:Happy Birthday! This is for you, Kate!B:Thanks. Miss Zhang.A: You know in China we usually dont open presents until the guests leave.B:Really?Fve already opened

1162、 this one. Say, this is sweet, and its just what I need to go with my new suit. Thank you ever so much.Dialogue ThreeA:Hello!Aunty.B:Hello!Happy Birthday. Tve never thought he is so tall.C:Ybu havent seen him for five years.A:Can I open the parcel now, Daddy? Im afraid I cant stand waiting.C:Ok. Why

1163、 dont you sit on that sofa to open your presents? No one can see you in that corner.B:Which one are you opening first?A:T11 open the red one. Oh, what a wonderful record it is!C:See who sent it to you?A:Its my Aunty. Thank you, Aunty.C:Now its time for the party. The cake has already been sent over.

1164、过生日On a typical birthday party, everyone who knows you will say Happy Birthday to you. You will receive birthday cards with greetings like Best Wishes for a Happy Birthday or“Many Happy Returns of the day on them. Perhaps there will be a birthday party where your family and friends bring you blessin

1165、g. Near the end of the party, there will be a specialbirthday cake which has small candles on it, one for each year of your life. First someone lights the candles and turns off the lights. Then everyone sings Happy Birthday1. Themost important moment of the party is when the person whose birthday it

1166、 is closes his eyes, secretly makes a wish and then blows out the lighted candles. People believe that thewish will come true if they blow out all the candles on the first try. After that the cake is cut into pieces, and everyone has a piece.98. Concert(T12xv)1. Did you go to the concert yesterday e

1167、vening?2. Where will the concert be held?3. Who is the orchestra conductor?4. Is there a rehearsal for the concert?5. How did you like the rock music?6. Did you enjoy the rock concert?7. Would you like to come to town with me and hear a concert?8. How much is the ticket?Dialogue OneA:Would you like

1168、to go to a concert tonight?B： rd like to very much.A:A11 right, then. There is one at the new concert hall.B:Who*s playing?A:Its the Powell orchestra.B:Do you know what they are playing?A:Theyre doing a seventeenth-century program.B:And who is directing?A:Well, Tm not sure of his name, but I know it

1169、s going to be his farewell performance.Dialogue TwoA:Which film shall we see?B:There is nothing good at the moment. Let*s do something different. Would you like to go to a concert?A:Yes, Td love to. Here is a good one, Mozart and Beethoven. Ifs on the Festival Hall. Shall we go there?B:Fine!Do you w

1170、ant anything to eat now?A:No, Im not hungry.B:Well, lets go and have something to drink instead. I know a good place. Ifs a little expensive, but its fun.Dialogue ThreeA:Did you go to the concert last weekend?B:No, I didnt. And you? Was it good?A: Yes, I did. I enjoyed it a lot. There was a folk sin

1171、ger, a violinist and a pianist.B:How much was the ticket?A:I only paid two dollars for mine.听音乐会Last week I went to the concert with my husband. We got seated at the end of the row because we failed to make our reservations. But we still listened well. The theme of theconcert wasHuman&Peacen. It was

1172、 a great success. The four-hour concert was not only good value1, but also “good rocking*. The audience were carried away by the performance.They didnt applaud enthusiastically until the conductor and the orchestra stood up and took a bow. The orchestra really made a hit through their dedication. Th

1173、ey performed andrecorded most of the classical pieces. And their performance had a personal intensity that made their sound instantly recognizable, both in the concert & on disk. They have releasedmany albums and people enjoy their music.Concert1. Great! Id like to very much.2. Id love to, but Fm af

1174、raid I cant make it.3. Tve booked two seats for the concert.4. Td like two seats in the front rows.5 .1 like it very much.6 .1 enjoyed every minute of the concert.7. The major program of the concert is violin concerto.8. The concert had made a hit.9 .1 was earned away by the melody.10. The performan

1175、ce was very good indeed.Dialogue OneA:Hi, Bob! How are you doing?B:Fine!How are you?A:Im fine too, thank you.B:Tve come to tell you Im going to the concert this evening. Will you come with me? Fve two complimentary tickets.A:With the greatest pleasure. Where is the concert this evening?B:It will be

1176、held at the Music Hall.A:What*s on the program?B:Its a piano recital. Tm fond of piano, you know.Dialogue TwoA:I heard that you went to the concert the day before? How did you like it?B:It was terrific. The concert was really a hit. The symphony orchestra was so good that I was completely absorbed i

1177、n their performance.A: Who was the conductor?B:Oh, speaking of the conductor, he is indeed a genius. He did a perfect job. His name is Menuhin, a descendent of Russian American immigrants.A:Oh, I learned that he is also a legendary violinist.B:Absolutely right. He gave a peiformance of Felix Mendels

1178、sohn violin concert. That caused a sensation. The audience were stunned by his pure tone.A:Obviously you did enjoy the concert.B:Yes, I did.Dialogue ThreeA:Hello, is that Cathy speaking?B:Yes, is that you, Allen?A:Yes, how are you doing?B:Not bad.A:Say Ive got two tickets for the concert this evenin

1179、g. Would you like to come with me?B:Sure. Thank you very much.A:Then I 41 pick you up at 6:30. OK?B:Ok, see you.A:See you.爵士乐One of my first experiences with jazz music was when I was a kid. My dad and I went to a concert and heard Ornette Coleman play with his bands. At the concert I saw him playsa

1180、xophone, trumpet, flute and even violin. I didn*t think he played any of those instruments very well since he always seemed out of tune. His music was painfully laud and thebands that were backing him up sounded more like rock bands than jazz bands.By the middle of the concert I looked over at my da

1181、d. He was covering both his ears with his hands and I could tell that the music was grating on his nerves like knives scrapingagainst a blackboard.On our way home, my dad told me that he first heard Ornette Coleman when he was my age. He said, Not much has changed. His music was terrible then and it

1182、*s tenible now.99. Dance（ 6、18、 、 ）1. shall we go dancing tonight?2. how about another waltz?3. may I have the first dance?4. lets go to the dance hall.5. lets do the Disco.6. why dont we have one more dance?7. may I introduce you to this new dance?8. may I have the pleasure of the next dance?Dialoq

1183、ucla: what*s your favorite steps?b: its hard to say, but I do love foxtrot and waltz.a: how about rock and roll ob: to tell the truth. I dont like it, its too noisy.a: and can you dance tango?b: oh, its really beautiful. but I just cant dance it well.a: dont be so modest. I am sure you can dance it

1184、very well, then IH see you at six. is that all right?b: ok.a: great. I am your lucky fellow then.Dialogue 2a: would you like to learn to tango Donar?b: right now?a: I am offering you my services, for your church, what do you say?b: I think Fil be a little afraid.a: of what?b: afraid of making a mist

1185、ake.a: no mistakes in a tango Donar. not like life, simple, that will make the tango so great, if you make a mistake, youll get all tango done, just tango along, why dont you try? will youtry it.b: all right. Til give it a try.Dialogue 3a: may I ask you for a dance.b: certainly, I love waltz very mu

1186、ch.a: you dance it very well.b: do you often go dancing?a: a couple of times a week. Pve got a regular dancing partner. he is really some dancermen and women need opportunities for a wide acquaintance with persons of the opposite sex. perhaps, the best way for this purpose is the social dance, which

1187、 your neighborstrangers to get acquainted without formal introduction, in addition, the rhythm and beauty of the dance have a strong appeal to children and adults as well, and its usually said thatno art is more popular with youth than dancing.1. yes, lets.2. willingly.3. certainly.4. Tm sorry, I ca

1188、nt dance.5. Td love to, but I am afraid I can*t find dancing partners in the ballroom.6. Im sorry, Tm engaged for this dance.7. no, thanks. Tm really tired.8. no, thanks, Tm a little tired, and ril sit down this dance.9. you dance waltz very well.10. he is some dancerDialogue 1a: shall we dance?b: s

1189、ure. I suppose you dance much.a: oh. no as a matter of fact, I havent danced for a long time.b: but I can see you dance wonderfully well.a: thanks for flattering me。i think you dance much right?b: no, just occasionallya: oh, i like this music very much, lets tango.b: Im afraid I can*t dance well.Dia

1190、logue 2a: would you like to dance?b: well. Td love to. but Fm afraid I dont know how to tango.a: actually. I think this is a waltz.b: I see. Tm afraid I dont know how to waltz either.a: do let me teach you, it*s very easy.Dialogue 3a: may I have this dance?b: a bit later to it, young man.a: whats th

1191、at of the dancing.b: its a landler an Austrian folk dance.a: show me pls.b: oh curt. I have danced that since I was a little girl.a: oh you remember pls.b: well.a:pls.b: all right, come on and over here, now, (you (?) and I ?)a: like this?b: fine, now we go for a little walk, this way 1. 2. 3 . step

1192、 together now step, hop, step, hop, now to another, not quite, this way hop, step, hop step, curt! well have to practice.Fve always been interested in dancing, whenever the music begins I cant help dancing, but you should know Im not a good dancer, sometimes, I feel I have two left feet, but Ienjoy

1193、dancing, most of the time, I dance alone, right in my house, I seldom go to a dance hall, sometimes, if nobody invites me. I just feel like a wallflower, that kind of feeling isteiTible, sometimes I go to the dance studio for dance class, dance is a kind of entertainment, to the best of my knowledge

1194、, it is the best way to help me out of my troubles, so I likedancing.100. hobby(7、28、 )1. Whats your hobby?2. WhatVe you interested in?3. What do you do in your spare time?4. Are you fond of collecting things?5. Whafs he keen on doing?6. What do you like doing best?7. Do you enjoy dancing?8. What*re

1195、 your special interests?9. Is fishing your hobby?Dialogue 1:M: How do you usually spend your leisure time? I mean, do you have any special interests other than your job?W: Of course. You see, almost everyone has some kind of hobbyM: Yeah, youre quite right and whals your hobby?W: I like taking photo

1196、s outdoors.M: Oh, photography. Its really a good hobby.W: Yes, I usually develop and print all my own photos.M: You yourself have a photo studio?（ 画室，照相室） .W： Yes, simple as it is. It does work.Dialogue 2:W: Do you have any hobbies?M: Yes, I like collecting things.W: Oh, thats interesting, and about

1197、 what kind of things?M: Several things, for example, varied coins, stamps, stones and so on.W: Stones? I know many people collecting coins and stamps but stones?M: Yes, stones.W: well, I cant just image it.Dialogue 3M: Its a great time. Coming play football.W: No. Thanks. I am sorting of my stamps.M

1198、: Is stamp collecting your hobby?W: Yes. I got over 400 stamps. Come and have a look.M: Are these new ones?W: Yes. I got them yesterday and taking them off the envelopes.M: What are you going to do with them?W: I am going to mount them in my stamp album.M: Is stamp collecting an expensive hobby?W: I

1199、t can be if you by real stamps.M: Have you gotten any real ones?W: I had one once.M: What do you mean you had one once? What happened to it?W: I put it on a letter and posted it by mistake.My brother Tim likes form stamps. He and his friend Peter buy stamps every week. So both of them have big stamp

1200、 collections. Tim started his collection at his age of 7. Our parentsgave his some stamps for his several birthday. Peters collection is bigger than Tims. He lives next door to us and his father collects stamps too, but he hasnt as many as Peter. Oneevening about a week ago, Peters father came to ou

1201、r house and look at my brother Tims stamp collection. * may I see your stamps? he asked, oh, there are some very valuablestamps in your collection. How much do you want for them?1 But my brother wouldnt sell any of his stamps. H They are too valuable to sell he said, I am going to keep them. Ilike t

1202、o look at the stamps.Hobby1. She is very fond of cooking.2 .1 am keen on fishing.3. My brother likes horse riding.4. She likes gardening than any of other things.5. The collection of these stamps took 10 years.6. Mary has a very good collection of foreign coins.7. Growing roses is her hobby.8. Stamp

1203、 collecting is an educational hobby.Dialogue 1W: Have you had any hobbies?M: Yes, I am fond of fishing. And Im very keen on making home movies.W: I like taking photographs, but I havent gotten a movie camera.M: I take a lot of photographs too, but I am interested in the history in the cinema. So I r

1204、eally enjoy using a film camera.W: What other interests have you gotten. Do you collect anything?M: Yes, I collect stamps. And I got quite a big collection of records and tapes. But I dont buy any more now.Dialogue 2M: Your garden is really lovely.W: Thank you. Gardening is a hobby of mine.M: Do you

1205、 have any help?W: Yes. I only do the small jobs by myself.M: Who takes care of the lawn.W: One of the boys in neighborhood does it to own some spending money.M: He does a very professional job.W: Yes, his work is more than satisfactory.Dialogue 3:W: I like the picture that you put on the wall yester

1206、day.M: Oh, thank you. Its a photograph I took on my vacation last year.W: You took it yoursell? I didnt know youre a photographer.M:Oh, yes. I have been taking pictures for years.W: It sounds like an interesting hobby. Do you have any more of your pictures here?M: I have some that I havent enlarged.

1207、W: May I see them?M: Yes, certainly. I havent really sort of them yet. Some of them are faces. Just faces of people I see when I walk around.W: Do you let them know when youre taking pictures of them.M: I try not to. I dont like pictures of people who posed in front of the camera. I like people are

1208、going on their daily business without being aware of the camera.W: And what are the rest of the pictures?M: A few of them are the landscapes. And the rest of them are still like studies that I took in my studio.Hobbies are activities in which one participates strictly for amusement. A hobby can be a

1209、lmost anything. Some people collect things as a hobby. Stamps, coins and paintings are allpopular collections and valuable too. There are still hundreds of others, not necessary valuable, but still interesting, such as seashore collection, bottle collection and so on.Gardening and cooking are two examples of common activities that become hobbies for many people. They devote a great deal of their time to them.